This is the exact embedded text of the captured official document.
Snapshot 44ec695c319b · verified 2026-06-10 ·
original document ·
archived snapshot ·
unofficial consolidation, the official version is held by the municipal clerk.
COUNTY OF PRINCE EDWARD
O F F I C I A L
P L A N
County of Prince Edward Development Services
Adopted by Council: February 24, 2021
Approved by MMAH: July 7, 2021
Effective Date: July 8, 2021
2021
OFFICIAL PLAN 2021
P R I N C E E D W A R D C O U N T Y
Adopted by Prince Edward
County Council:
Approved by Ministry of
Municipal Affairs and Housing,
with modifications:
Effective Date:
Feb. 24, 2021
Jul. 7, 2021
Jul. 8, 2021
July 8, 2021
Michael Michaud
Manager of Planning
Department of Development Services
The Corporation of the County of Prince Edward
332 Main Street
Picton, ON, K0K 2T0
Subject:
Approval of the County of Prince Edward Official Plan
MMAH File No.: 13-OP-185146
Dear Mr. Michaud,
Please find enclosed a Notice of Decision given on July 7, 2021 under subsection 17(34) of
the Planning Act with respect to the new County of Prince Edward Official Plan. A copy of
the Decision is attached for your information and use.
Pursuant to subsections 17 (36.5) and (38.1) of the Planning Act, the approval of this official
plan, with modifications, is final and not subject to appeal. Accordingly, the County of
Prince Edward Official Plan as approved with modifications by the Minister, comes into
effect on July 8, 2021.
Should you have any questions regarding the above information, please feel free to contact me
at (613) 545-2116 or by email at [email protected].
Sincerely,
Dan Ethier, MCIP RPP
Senior Planner
Eastern Municipal Services Office
Encl. Decision
Notice of Decision
Ministry of Municipal Affairs
and Housing
Municipal Services Office
(Eastern Ontario)
Rockwood House
8 Estate Lane
Kingston, ON K7M 9A8
Phone: (613) 545-2100
Facsimile: (613) 548-6822
Toll Free: 1-800-267-9438
Ministère des Affaires municipales
et du Logement
Bureau des services aux
municipalités
de l'Est de l'Ontario
Maison Rockwood
8 ruelle Estate
Kingston ON K7M 9A8
Téléphone: (613) 545-2100
Télécopieur: (613) 548-6822
Sans frais: 1-800-267-9438
File No.:
13-OP-185146
Date of Decision:
July 7, 2021
Municipality:
County of Prince Edward
Date of Notice:
July 8, 2021
Subject Lands:
All lands within the County of
Prince Edward
NOTICE OF DECISION
With respect to an Official Plan
Subsection 17(34) of the Planning Act
A decision was made on the date noted above to approve the new County of Prince Edward Official
Plan, adopted by By-law No. 34-2021, subject to eleven (11) modifications.
Purpose and Effect of the Official Plan
The new official plan represents the County's statutory review of its official plan under section 26 of
the Planning Act. The new official plan includes a number of key policies aimed at building strong
communities, protecting natural heritage systems, protecting agricultural resources, and protecting
human health and safety when considering development in the County.
The new official plan was approved with 11 modifications on July 7, 2021. Modifications to the official
plan were made to ensure consistency with the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) 2020 and other
applicable legislation and regulations. Modifications to the official plan included changes to policies
related to accessory dwelling units, aggregate resources, employment lands, and other areas of
provincial interest. A copy of the decision is attached.
Decision Final
Pursuant to subsections 17 (36.5) and (38.1) of the Planning Act, this decision is final and not subject
to appeal. Accordingly, the new County of Prince Edward Official Plan as approved with modifications
by the Minister came into effect on July 8, 2021.
Other Related Applications:
N/A
Getting Additional Information
Additional information is available during regular office hours at the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and
Housing at the address noted below or from the County of Prince Edward.
Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing
Municipal Services Office - East
8 Estate Lane, Rockwood House
Kingston, ON K7M 9A8
Tele: (613) 545-2116
Toll Free: (800) 267-9438
Fax: (613) 548-6822
Inquiries can be directed to the attention of Dan Ethier, Senior Planner, MSO-East.
1
DECISION
With respect to the New County of Prince Edward Official Plan
Subsection 17(34) of the Planning Act
I hereby approve the repeal of the County of Prince Edward Official Plan, as adopted
by By-law 2099 on November 25, 1993 and approved by the Ministry of Municipal
Affairs and Housing through decisions made January 23, 1998 and December 23,
1998 and all subsequent amendments thereto, save and except OPA 63 adopted By-
law 3406-2014, OPA 62 adopted by By-law 3327-2013 and OPA 67 adopted by By-
law 3647- 2015)
I hereby approve all of the County of Prince Edward Official Plan adopted by By-law
No. 34-2021, subject to the following modifications:
1. Section 1.3 c)- How to Read this Plan is hereby modified by deleting this
policy in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
"c) Secondary Plans that were in effect for the Urban Centres of Picton
(OPA 63/By-law 3406-2014), Wellington (OPA 62/By-law 3327-2013) and
Rossmore (OPA 67/By-law 3647- 2015) shall be deemed to be part of this
Plan notwithstanding the repeal of the 1998 County of Prince Edward
Official Plan. These Secondary Plans shall be read in conjunction with
this Plan and all the relevant policies of this Plan applied. Where there is
a conflict between the policies of this Plan and the policies of any
Secondary Plan, the policies of this Plan shall prevail. The County shall
endeavor to update these Secondary Plans to be consistent with the
Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) 2020."
2. Section 2.5- Policies is hereby modified by:
a) Inserting a new subsection g) to read as follows:
"g) Lands designated as Employment Areas in this Plan and/or
Secondary Plans are considered to be employment areas as defined
by the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) 2020.
The County may permit conversion of lands within employment areas
to non-employment uses through a comprehensive review, only
where it has been demonstrated that the land is not required for
employment purposes over the long term and that there is a need for
the conversion."
b) Inserting a new subsection h) to read as follows:
"h) Notwithstanding subsection g), and until the official plan review
or update in subsection g) is undertaken and completed, lands within
existing employment areas may be converted to a designation that
permits non-employment uses provided the area has not been
identified as provincially significant through a provincial plan
exercise or as regionally significant by a regional economic
development corporation working together with affected upper and
single-tier municipalities and subject to the following:
2
a) there is an identified need for the conversion and the land is
not required for employment purposes over the long term;
b) the proposed uses would not adversely affect the overall
viability of the employment area; and
c) existing or planned infrastructure and public service facilities
are available to accommodate the proposed uses."
3. Section 3.1.6- Constraint Area Policies is hereby modified by inserting a
new subsection 7) under the Water Resources heading to read as follows:
"7) Large development proposals (i.e. campgrounds, trailer parks,
resort/condominium development) within 120 metres of waterbodies
and watercourses must be supported with a site evaluation report in
consultation with the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and
Parks. This is to ensure water quality protection. The study should take
into consideration the existing water quality of the water body, surface
water run-off, impact and loadings of phosphorous from septic systems,
type of soils, stormwater management and nature of vegetation." All
subsequent subsections are to be renumbered accordingly.
4. Section 3.3.3 9)- Housing Policies is hereby modified by inserting the
following sentence after the first sentence: "A residential lot may contain
both a second unit within the residential dwelling unit and a second unit
within an accessory structure."
5. Section 3.3.3 10)- Housing Policies is hereby modified by deleting "10" and
replacing it with "15".
6. Section 3.4.7- Energy Generation and Transmission is hereby modified
by:
a) Deleting the words "an Environmental Assessment under the
Environmental Assessment Act" and replacing them with "any applicable
environmental regulatory processes" in subsection 2).
b) Inserting new bullet points d) and e) in subsection 3) which shall read as
follows:
"d) consistency with the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) 2020 and
any other applicable provincial legislation and/or regulations.
e) Ground-mounted solar facilities may be permitted as an on-farm
diversified use in the Agricultural Area designation."
c) Inserting the words "when exercising its authority under the Planning
Act" after the words "transmission facility" in subsection 4).
3
7. Section 4.2.3 2) d)- Policies is hereby modified by inserting the words
"provided the criteria in subsection c) have been adequately
demonstrated to the satisfaction of the County" after the words "Public
uses and private and public utilities".
8. Section 4.4.2.2 8)- Policies is hereby modified by inserting the words "and
designated Employment Areas in this Plan or Secondary Plans" after
"Rural Industrial Lands designation" and the following new paragraph after
subsection b) to read as follows:
"Where avoidance is not possible in accordance with the above-noted
policy, the County shall protect the long-term viability of existing or
planned industrial, manufacturing or other uses that are vulnerable to
encroachment by ensuring that the planning and development of
proposed adjacent sensitive land uses are only permitted if the
following are demonstrated in accordance with provincial guidelines,
standards and procedures:
a) there is an identified need for the proposed use;
b) alternative locations for the proposed use have been evaluated
and there are no reasonable alternative locations;
c) adverse effects to the proposed sensitive land use are minimized
and mitigated; and
d) potential impacts to industrial, manufacturing or other uses are
minimized and mitigated."
9. Section 4.5.1- Mineral Aggregate Resources is hereby modified by:
a) Inserting a new subsection 1) to read as follows, and renumber the
remaining subsections accordingly:
"1) Mineral aggregate operations shall be protected from
development and activities that would preclude or hinder their
expansion or continued use or which would be incompatible for
reasons of public health, public safety or environmental impact.
Existing mineral aggregate operations shall be permitted to continue
without the need for official plan amendment, rezoning or
development permit under the Planning Act. Where the Aggregate
Resources Act applies, only processes under the Aggregate
Resources Act shall address the depth of extraction of new or
existing mineral aggregate operations. When a license for extraction
or operation ceases to exist, the resource continues to be protected
in accordance with policy 4.5.1 2)."
b) Inserting the following new paragraph after the first paragraph in
subsection 2) to read as follows:
"For the purposes of this policy, adjacent lands shall mean within
300 metres of a known unconsolidated deposit (e.g. sand, gravel, or
clay) or a mineral pit operation; or within 500 metres of a known
bedrock deposit or bedrock quarry operation. Environmental
studies (ie: noise, hydrogeology) shall be required to assess
4
potential impact if development is proposed within this influence
area. This influence area shall be applied reciprocally to new
sensitive land uses encroaching on an existing extraction operation
or lands committed for future extraction."
c) Inserting the following new subsection 8) to read as follows:
"8) Mineral aggregate resource conservation shall be undertaken,
including through the use of accessory aggregate recycling facilities
within operations, wherever feasible."
10. Section 5.1.3- Land Division is hereby modified by inserting a new
subsection 6) to read as follows:
"6) The County shall permit lot creation only if there is confirmation of
sufficient reserve sewage system capacity and reserve water system
capacity within municipal sewage services and municipal water services
or private communal sewage services and private communal water
services. The determination of sufficient reserve sewage system
capacity shall include treatment capacity for hauled sewage from
private communal sewage services and individual on-site sewage
services."
11. Section 5.3- Glossary of Terms is hereby modified by inserting the following
new term after the term "Marine facilities":
"Mineral aggregate resource conservation
Means the recovery and recycling of manufactured materials derived
from mineral aggregates (e.g. glass, porcelain, brick, concrete, asphalt,
slag, etc.), for re-use in construction, manufacturing, industrial or
maintenance projects as a substitute for new mineral aggregates; and
the wise use of mineral aggregates including utilization or extraction of
on-site mineral aggregate resources prior to development occurring."
Dated at Toronto this _______7th_____ day of ______July_______, 2021
___________________________________________________
Hannah Evans, Assistant Deputy Minister
Municipal Services Division
Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing
Table of Contents
Prince Edward County
1.0 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Purpose of the Plan .......................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Organization of the Plan ................................................................................................... 2
1.3 How to Read this Plan ...................................................................................................... 4
2.0 County Context and Future Direction .................................................................................... 5
2.1 The History and Evolution of the County .......................................................................... 5
2.2 Prince Edward County Today and Tomorrow ................................................................... 7
2.3 A Vision for the Future ...................................................................................................... 9
2.3.1 Principles ........................................................................................................... 10
2.4 Growth Management ...................................................................................................... 12
2.4.1 Approach ........................................................................................................... 12
2.4.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 13
2.5 Policies ............................................................................................................................ 14
3.0 Shaping the County - General Development Policies ........................................................ 17
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement ................................................................. 17
3.1.1 Intent ................................................................................................................. 17
3.1.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 17
3.1.3 Natural Heritage System Policies ..................................................................... 18
3.1.4 Feature Specific Policies ................................................................................... 22
3.1.5 Unmapped Natural Heritage Feature Policies .................................................. 25
3.1.6 Constraint Area Policies .................................................................................... 28
3.1.7 Parks, Open Space and Trails Network Policies .............................................. 34
3.2 Economic Prosperity ....................................................................................................... 38
3.2.1 Intent ................................................................................................................. 38
3.2.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 38
3.2.3 Economic Development Policies....................................................................... 39
3.3 Livable Community ......................................................................................................... 45
3.3.1 Intent ................................................................................................................. 45
3.3.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 46
3.3.3 Housing Policies ............................................................................................... 48
3.3.4 Cultural Heritage Policies .................................................................................. 52
3.3.5 Arts and Culture Policies ................................................................................... 57
3.3.6 Social and Community Facilities and Services Policies ................................... 58
3.3.7 Design Policies.................................................................................................. 60
3.4 Infrastructure ................................................................................................................... 64
3.4.1 Intent ................................................................................................................. 64
3.4.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 64
3.4.3 Water and Sanitary Sewer Services Policies .................................................... 67
3.4.4 Stormwater Management Policies .................................................................... 73
3.4.5 Transportation Policies ..................................................................................... 75
3.4.6 Waste Management .......................................................................................... 82
3.4.7 Energy Generation and Transmission .............................................................. 83
3.4.8 Utilities ............................................................................................................... 84
4.0 The County Land Use Designations .................................................................................... 86
4.1 Settlement Areas ............................................................................................................ 86
4.1.1 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 87
4.1.2 Urban Centres Designation ............................................................................... 88
4.1.3 Villages Designation ......................................................................................... 89
4.1.4 Hamlets Designation ......................................................................................... 91
4.1.5 Additional Policies for Villages and Hamlets ..................................................... 93
4.2 Agricultural areas ............................................................................................................ 95
4.2.1 Intent ................................................................................................................. 95
4.2.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 95
4.2.3 Policies .............................................................................................................. 95
4.3 Rural Waterfront ........................................................................................................... 101
4.3.1 Shore Land Designation ................................................................................. 101
4.3.2 Open Space Lands Designation ..................................................................... 107
4.4 The Countryside ........................................................................................................... 110
4.4.1 Rural Lands Designation ................................................................................. 110
4.4.2 Rural Industrial Lands Designation ................................................................. 113
4.4.3 Environmental Protection Designation ............................................................ 116
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols .............................................................................. 119
4.5.1 Mineral Aggregate Resources ........................................................................ 119
4.5.2 Tourism Corridors ........................................................................................... 122
4.5.3 Wayside Pits and Quarries ............................................................................. 123
4.5.4 Natural Core Areas ......................................................................................... 123
4.5.5 Natural Core Area Linkages ............................................................................ 125
5.0 The County Toolbox - Implementation Policies ...............................................................126
5.1 Plan Administration ....................................................................................................... 127
5.1.1 By-laws ............................................................................................................ 127
5.1.2 Minor Variances .............................................................................................. 129
5.1.3 Land Division................................................................................................... 130
5.1.4 Parkland Dedication ........................................................................................ 134
5.1.5 Site Plan Control ............................................................................................. 136
5.1.6 Pre-consultation .............................................................................................. 137
5.1.7 Public Participation ......................................................................................... 138
5.1.8 Application Requirements ............................................................................... 138
5.1.9 Environmental Impact Study (EIS) .................................................................. 139
5.1.10 Strategies for Adapting to Climate Change .................................................. 140
5.1.11 Community Planning Permit System ............................................................ 140
5.1.12 Non-Conforming ............................................................................................ 141
5.1.14 Contaminated Sites ....................................................................................... 143
5.1.15 Property Acquisition ...................................................................................... 144
5.1.16 Community Improvement Plans .................................................................... 145
5.1.17 Capital and Public Works .............................................................................. 146
5.1.18 Minimum Distance Separation (MDS) .......................................................... 147
5.2 Interpretation, Monitoring and Review .......................................................................... 149
5.2.1 Interpretation of Boundaries ............................................................................ 149
5.2.2 Amendments to this Plan ................................................................................ 149
5.2.3 Official Plan Review & Monitoring ................................................................... 150
5.2.4 Transition Policies ........................................................................................... 151
5.3 Glossary of Terms ........................................................................................................ 152
List of Appendices
Appendix 'A'
Maps
Appendix 'B'
Sample Terms of Reference for Environmental Impact Study (EIS)
Appendix 'C'
Design Policies
List of Schedules
Schedule 'A-1':
Land Use Designations
Schedule 'A-2':
Land Use Designations
Schedule 'A-3':
Land Use Designations
Schedule 'A-4':
Land Use Designations
Schedule 'B':
Natural Features & Areas
Schedule 'C':
Constraint Areas
Schedule 'D':
Resource Areas
Schedule 'E':
Transportation & Infrastructure
Schedule 'F-1':
Recreation & Tourism
Schedule 'F-2':
Recreation & Tourism
Page 1
Official Plan
1.1 Purpose of the Plan
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Purpose of the Plan
Prince Edward County has a rich past, and diverse landscape. It also has changed dramatically
since amalgamation. As we look to the future, The Official Plan is one of the most powerful policy
documents the County has to provide a framework for comprehensive, integrated, place-based
planning that can help us realize a long-term vision; A vision that supports and aims to strike a
balance of the principles of strong communities, a clean and healthy environment and economic
growth, for the long term. It helps to determine where homes and businesses are built; where
parks, schools and community facilities are located; how natural, agricultural and cultural
resources are managed; and how to realize social, environmental and economic objectives all
within the context of efficiently providing services that residents, businesses and visitors value.
The Prince Edward County Official Plan (this Plan) provides direction for the entire County over
the next 25 years on matters related to land use planning and growth. To ensure that the plan
reflects its vision and policies, the plan will be reviewed by Council every 5 years.
This Plan is intended to provide strong, clear policy direction that protects and enhances the
liveability and quality of place of Prince Edward County. It serves as the County's Sustainability
Plan and promotes healthy, livable and complete communities supported by a strong economy.
Page 2
Official Plan
1.2 Organization of the Plan
1.2 Organization of the Plan
This Plan is organized as follows:
a) Section 1.0 Introduction - the purpose and organization of this Plan;
b) Section 2.0 County Context and Future Direction - an overview of the County's history
and context, the long-term vision for planning and development in the County, guiding
Principles that will help to achieve that Vision, and the details of where and how to grow
over approximately the next 25 years.
c) Section 3.0 Shaping the County - general policies applicable to all of Prince Edward
County, including:
i.
Environmental Protection and Enhancement - policies to ensure the careful
management of the natural environment;
ii.
Economic Growth and Prosperity - policies to support economic development
while ensuring equitable consideration for permanent and seasonal residents.
iii.
Livable Community - policies for the components that contribute to creating a
sense of place in the County, including County Design, Cultural Heritage,
Housing, Arts and Culture, Community Facilities and Services, and the Parks,
Open Space and Trails Network; and,
iv.
Infrastructure - policies for maintaining and maximizing use of existing
infrastructure. Further policies will direct when, where, and how new
infrastructure will be implemented. The County will consider approaches to
growth that are sustainable over the long term, and are informed by the
sustainable planning for asset management and infrastructure.
d) Section 4.0 County Land Use Designations - development policies applicable to land
use designations, including:
i.
Settlement Areas - the planning policy framework for the land use
designations related to the Urban and Rural Settlement Areas in the County;
ii.
Agricultural areas - the planning policy framework for prime agricultural lands
in the County;
iii.
Rural Waterfront - the planning policy framework for lands associated with
approximately 500 km of shoreline in the County;
iv.
The Countryside - the planning policy framework for the land use designations
that define the countryside elements of the County; and,
v.
The Plan also features Overlay Designations and Symbols - overarching
policies that are intended to provide additional guidance within the above land
use designations.
e) Section 5.0 The County Toolbox - establishes the regulatory framework and
administrative processes through which the policies of this Plan will be achieved. A
Page 3
Official Plan
1.2 Organization of the Plan
glossary is also included with definitions for a number of the key terms and phrases used
throughout this document.
f) Section 6.0 Schedules - this Plan includes Schedules 'A' to 'F-2', as follows:
i.
Schedule 'A-1': Land Use Designations
ii.
Schedule 'A-2': Land Use Designations
iii.
Schedule 'A-3': Land Use Designations
iv.
Schedule 'A-4': Land Use Designations
v.
Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas
vi.
Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas
vii.
Schedule 'D': Resource Areas
viii.
Schedule 'E': Transportation & Infrastructure
ix.
Schedule 'F-1': Recreation & Tourism
x.
Schedule 'F-2': Recreation & Tourism
g) In addition, this Plan includes, in Appendix A, a series of maps that identify the
boundaries for all of the Settlement Areas identified in Section 4.0 of this Plan.
Page 4
Official Plan
1.3 How to Read this Plan
1.3 How to Read this Plan
a) The objectives and policies of this Plan are intended to reflect and achieve the long-term
vision and principles for the County that are identified in Section 2.3, and establish
planning requirements, programs, standards and criteria for the review of applications for
development. Commitments will be undertaken in a phased manner, as determined by
Council, subject to budget considerations and program availability.
b) This Plan is more than a set of individual policies. It is intended to be read in its entirety
and the relevant policies are to be applied to each situation. All decisions affecting land
use planning matters shall conform to the vision, principles, objectives as well as all
relevant policies of this Plan.
c) Secondary Plans that were in effect for the Urban Centres of Picton (OPA 63/By-law 3406-
2014), Wellington (OPA 62/By-law 3327-2013) and Rossmore (OPA 67/By-law 3647-
2015) shall be deemed to be part of this Plan notwithstanding the repeal of the 1998
County of Prince Edward Official Plan. These Secondary Plans shall be read in
conjunction with this Plan and all the relevant policies of this Plan applied. Where there is
a conflict between the policies of this Plan and the policies of any Secondary Plan, the
policies of this Plan shall prevail. The County shall endeavor to update these Secondary
Plans to be consistent with the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) 2020.
d) This Plan identifies policies and procedures that will influence and manage growth
opportunities throughout the County over approximately a 25-year time horizon. It shall
be further implemented through more detailed Secondary Plans, the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law, through Site Plan Control and/or the use of the various
planning tools identified in Section 5.0 of this Plan. The County may also prepare other
Master Plan documents, not specifically identified in Section 5.0, on various topics that
will further articulate the vision, principles, objectives and policies of this Plan.
e) Except for references to legislation, which are traditionally italicized, italicized terms in this
Plan are defined in the Glossary located in Section 5.0. The terms provided in the Glossary
are in both their singular and plural form. For other terms, the normal meaning of the word
applies.
f) The Official Plan is to be read as a whole and all applicable policies are to be applied.
Page 5
Official Plan
2.1 The History and Evolution of the County
2.0 County Context and Future Direction
2.1 The History and Evolution of the County
a) Natural Heritage
Prince Edward County is a unique place in Ontario. It is the only municipality in the
Province nearly self-contained as an island encompassing approximately 1,050 square
kilometres and boasting of over 800 kilometres of shoreline. The many kilometres of
shoreline along Lake Ontario and the Bay of Quinte provide a diverse landscape shaped
by glacial transformations beginning in the Paleozoic Era, and resulting in the rugged
shorelines, cliffs, protected beaches, coves, shallow embayments, shoreline marshes,
dynamic beaches, limestone benches and dune complexes that geographically
characterize the County today.
In addition to the lakes and wetlands connected to Lake Ontario, there are other inland
lakes and many other wetlands within the County. This includes expansive areas of marsh
(e.g. the Sawguin Creek Complex and Big Island Marsh) and treed swamps (e.g. Big
Swamp and Little Swamp).
Escarpment features and wooded areas add to this mosaic. Many of these wooded areas
are found on thin limestone soils, giving rise to stunted stands of red cedar and other
hardy plant species. Areas of open alvar and dry grassland also add to this mosaic, as do
a multitude of watercourses. A 2011 Natural Heritage Study found that over 35% of the
land in the County is in a state of natural cover. This amount of natural cover is very high
in relation to most areas of Southern Ontario.
The diversity and abundance of natural areas within the County are important to many
types of wildlife, including migratory birds and many Species at Risk. Protection has been
afforded to several key areas, including Prince Edward Point National Wildlife Area, Point
Petre Provincial Wildlife Area, Sandbanks Provincial Park and a number of Conservation
Areas (e.g. Beaver Meadow, Massassauga Point and Demorestville) which help to ensure
the long-term protection of some of the County's most valuable natural heritage assets.
b) Agriculture
Agriculture has always been the principal land use in the County and is an important
economic driver and employment source through primary and secondary activities.
Historically, culturally and economically it is an essential component of the County's
character and a significant resource. In 2011, Statistics Canada reported that
approximately 50% of the County's land base was under agricultural production. Over half
of the County land qualifies as Agricultural area, a land-based resource that represents
less than 12% of the land in Ontario.
The combination of fertile soils, moderate climate and large contiguous areas under
agricultural production, combined with the presence of a stable and accomplished
agricultural community supports the production of a broad diversity of farm-related
commodities.
Page 6
Official Plan
2.1 The History and Evolution of the County
Prince Edward County is one of only a handful of regions in the Province with the climate
and soil conditions that can sustain sufficient grape production to support a growing VQA
certified regional wine industry and it continues to produce a wide range of artisanal
cheeses. The County's optimal growing conditions allow for the presence of old-growth
orchards that produce a wide variety of apples, both sweet and sour, that can be turned
into cider and contribute to the County's growing craft beer, cider, and spirits scene.
c) Cultural Heritage
The County has a rich and diverse cultural heritage that is rooted in extensive
archaeological resources and Indigenous (i.e. Mohawks of the Bay of Quinte (MBQ) or
Huron-Wendat) heritage, as well as the County's Loyalist history, and more recently
defined by a thriving contemporary arts and culinary scene.
Cultural landscapes also contribute to the pastoral quality that contributes to the County's
unique character and distinct rural charm.
Notably, the County's Aboriginal heritage includes a number of First Nations heritage
sites. Following the ice age, the County was inhabited by three cultures: Archaic (hunter
gatherers), Mound builders (larger groups with agricultural activities), and the Iroquois
(formed villages with farming abilities). During the 1700s and 1800s, the County was
populated by European settlers, and in the early 1780s, the County was dominated by
United Empire Loyalists.
d) Architectural Heritage
In the early 1830s, the high demand for the County's natural resources created a localized
"industrial revolution", and the communities of Picton, Wellington and Bloomfield were
established, leading to the establishment of many of the rich architectural heritage assets
that are highly valued today. Architecturally, the County accommodates a substantial
inventory of Loyalist Style architecture that includes homes, sawmills and factories, some
of which have been repurposed as craft shops and bed and breakfast establishments.
The County's architectural heritage continues to evolve over time, and contemporary
architecture is establishing the heritage of tomorrow, which is largely defined by
sustainable design practices that seek to marry buildings with the landscape, conserve
energy and create a lighter ecological footprint.
Page 7
Official Plan
2.2 Prince Edward County Today and Tomorrow
2.2 Prince Edward County Today and Tomorrow
a) The County continues to be characterized by a beautiful countryside and a hierarchy of
Settlement Areas; it is a community where the natural, cultural, agricultural and
architectural heritage informs its current character. The complex interrelationships created
through time among its various heritage resources are what make the County beautiful,
unique, and a desirable place to live, work, play, and visit.
b) Prince Edward County currently enjoys a diverse economic base that is focused primarily
on agriculture, viticulture and tourism, as well as health care and social services. In 2016
there were an estimated total of 11,415 jobs in all industry categories. The majority were
in health care and social assistance at 13%, retail at 12%, construction at 10%,
accommodation and food services at 9%, manufacturing at 7%, and agriculture at just
under 7%. A large number of the remaining jobs were in professional services, educational
services, public administration, and administrative and support services. About 13% of
the jobs were classified as work at home.
In addition to a thriving agricultural and tourism sector, the County is home to over 100
professional, knowledge-based service firms, with over 80% of these located in Picton.
Although agriculture has in the past been the County's main area of employment, today it
is mostly non-agricultural, with the highest share of jobs in sales, services, trades and
business, finance and administration.
The core sectors of the local economy are supported by key attributes of the County,
including its unique rural/small town lifestyle and quality of place, as well as the
abundance of cultural, agricultural and natural assets. The attractiveness of the County,
its proximity and easy access to major urban markets in Toronto, Ottawa and Montreal,
as well as the strong network of dedicated stakeholders and organizations who promote
the County, all drive local economic development, tourism and investment.
c) The County faces challenges of a declining population caused by the presence of a much
older population than the Ontario average which inevitably contributes to a high rate of
natural population decrease (more deaths than births) and secondly, the absence of
young people remaining in the County to pursue education, employment, and lifestyle
preferences elsewhere. However, the County's many desirable assets and attractions
sustain a high growth rate through in-migration, primarily by people from other parts of the
Province. This trend of positive net migration is an indicator of both the County's
attractiveness and its potential.
Growth trends within the County have determined that the population of residents is aging
at a faster rate than the Ontario average. The County's older population is a significant
factor impacting future growth trends, particularly in terms of the projected low rate of
natural population increase. The immigration of older adults is recognized as an important
driver of investment that supports local economic development, but is also requiring
greater attention on accessibility and more investment in health care services.
The housing availability and affordability within the County may be contributing to the
decline of younger professionals remaining in the County. Currently the County's housing
inventory consists of mainly single dwelling units with a strong presence of character and
Page 8
Official Plan
2.2 Prince Edward County Today and Tomorrow
heritage homes. Limited new development along with the attraction of the County for
retirees has contributed to an increase of cost in the housing market making it less
affordable for younger families and younger professionals influencing the County to have
the lowest share of children by percent of population in the Province. To attract young
families and professionals to the County, greater attention will be placed on providing a
broader range of housing options such as rental accommodations close to community
services and amenities.
d) The County has and will continue to face Infrastructure challenges. The County's size and
reliance on the residential tax base will provide difficulties in aligning growth with the need
to provide infrastructure to support growth.
Page 9
Official Plan
2.3 A Vision for the Future
2.3 A Vision for the Future
a) Prince Edward County is, and will continue to be, an attractive rural community for people
of all ages and abilities to live, work, visit and play. The County is a welcoming, healthy,
prosperous, safe and cohesive community with a strong, open municipal government.
Sustainability - environmentally, growth-related and otherwise; Agriculturally-focused;
diverse cultural and economic fabric; and healthy, livable, complete communities are the
lenses through which the County will make decisions that protect and enhance the quality
of life and quality of place that have made it successful and attractive.
b) The following Vision Statement provides the context and framework within which the long-
range planning of the County will occur. It sets out the characteristics of Prince Edward
County that make it a special place and provides an image of the County that is desired
for the future:
The County is fortunate to boast a mixture of prosperous agricultural lands, rural
and environmentally-protected landscapes, varied and stunning shorelines, and an
array of mixed-use Settlement Areas. It is these elements, taken together, that
define the County's desirable quality of life and quality of place. What is most
valuable and worth protecting, will always lead back to our roots, set deep into the
physical elements that shape this Island.
As the County grows over time, new development will reinforce the County as a
special and unique place. New development will be reviewed through the lenses
of sustainability, agriculturally-focused, diverse cultural and economic fabric and
healthy, complete communities. All new development will be compatible with its
surrounding context, champion the protection of rural habitats and the natural
environment and, where possible, reduce the climate impact of our decisions.
The people of Prince Edward County will be healthy and prosperous, and enjoy a
diversity of housing options ranging in affordability, with opportunities for
meaningful and well-paid employment. Community development will remain rooted
in the County's rural character, diverse agricultural/viticulture features and
facilities, natural heritage and cultural heritage assets, and culinary and artistic
attractions. That economy will be supported by strong tourism and agricultural
sectors, along with a diverse small business community including innovative,
knowledge-based businesses.
c) The County recognizes the unique relationship that Indigenous communities have with
the land and resources. The County strives to create and foster a meaningful relationship
and partnership with all Indigenous groups to achieve a better understanding of
Indigenous land use planning practices through proactive engagement. The County will
engage with Indigenous communities early in the development process to ensure that
concerns can be solved effectively and strategically in land use planning decision-making.
The County will continue to consider the interests of Aboriginal communities in conserving
cultural heritage and archaeological resources while also creating opportunities for
proactive engagement, consultation, and information sharing.
Page 10
Official Plan
2.3 A Vision for the Future
2.3.1 Principles
Principles express key directions for protecting and enhancing the quality of life and quality of
place that define Prince Edward County over approximately the next 25 years. The following
principles apply throughout the County:
i.
The distinct characteristics that make Prince Edward County attractive as a place to
live, work and play will be protected, enhanced and marketed to support long-term
prosperity. The County recognizes the significant contribution to its quality of life
provided by the diverse array of community agencies, health service providers and
volunteers, and will continue to support volunteer recruitment initiatives.
ii.
In all areas of the County, the creation of healthy, livable, resilient, and where
appropriate, complete communities will be embraced by establishing and
implementing solutions for:
-
maintaining access to health care and community services and facilities, that
are community based, accessible and affordable;
-
encouraging and supporting the growth and prosperity of businesses and their
ability to generate employment opportunities;
-
providing opportunities for affordable housing;
-
educational opportunities, including skills training and post-secondary facilities;
-
providing recreational programs and events;
-
ensuring safe and accessible built environments that provide opportunities and
infrastructure for active transportation, recreation and social interaction; and
-
providing access to local, healthy food.
iii.
The County's Urban Centres and Villages will become revitalized as complete and
inclusive communities that include a diversity of housing options, commercial
amenities, community facilities and services, and employment opportunities close to
where people live. Hamlets will serve as small settlements throughout the countryside,
where low density housing co-exists with other compatible uses, in a built form that
respects and enhances the heritage character of each rural setting. The Settlement
Areas will consider sustainable approaches to growth, balancing all planning
principles with stable well-funded infrastructure.
iv.
Agricultural areas are important to the economic success of the County with deep
historical and agricultural roots and shall be protected for long-term use. All types,
sizes and intensities of agricultural uses and normal farm practices shall be promoted
and protected in accordance with provincial standards.
v.
The Countryside is important to the County and its quality of life and quality of place;
there is a significant and growing rural community and tourism activities are
Page 11
Official Plan
2.3 A Vision for the Future
encouraged. The Prince Edward County countryside, including scenic vistas,
farmlands demarcated by tree-lines/fence bottoms and abundant cultural heritage
assets, is a fundamental component of the County's identity and character. Rural
Lands, Rural Industrial Lands and Aggregate Resource Lands are interconnected
with the County's Settlement Areas in terms of markets, services, resources and
amenities. It is important to leverage rural assets and amenities including traditional
and emerging agricultural and non-agricultural uses, such as diversified tourism,
alongside limited residential development, while protecting the environment and
agricultural resources as a foundation for a sustainable economy. Further, the County
supports the sustainable development of mineral aggregate resources in the
Countryside which recognizes the complex balance between the economic, social,
and environmental factors in land use planning.
vi.
The Shore Lands and Open Space Lands support a broad range of land and water-
based recreational, tourism-related commercial and residential uses, which will
continue to be developed in a sustainable manner that protects water resources,
shore line features, and enhances the public's access to the water's edge.
vii.
The County will demonstrate environmental leadership by maintaining and enhancing
the hydrological and hydrogeological functions of the Natural Heritage Systems and
Features, the components of which are identified in this Plan and include natural
heritage features and areas linked by natural corridors. Further, the County supports
the need to protect drinking water sources, including municipal intakes and wells, as
well as groundwater and surface supply sources for private water systems, in
accordance with the Source Water Protection Plan.
viii.
The County will also promote climate change mitigation and improved air quality
through land use patterns that minimize energy consumption and greenhouse gas
emissions, and that integrate opportunities for walking and cycling. The County will
recommend high standards for green building design, including the latest and most
effective green building technologies and techniques.
ix.
The County's local economy will provide meaningful year-round employment for
residents, and will continue to be connected to a strong and comprehensive base of
agricultural assets, while encouraging multi-sector entrepreneurship, including
knowledge-based businesses, such as in education, health care and technology. The
economy will be balanced by a diverse tourism sector that capitalizes on local culinary,
cultural and natural attractions, such as art galleries, wineries, breweries, wedding
venues, restaurants, beaches, marinas, trails, parks, and wildlife viewing
opportunities.
Page 12
Official Plan
2.4 Growth Management
2.4 Growth Management
2.4.1 Approach
a) Prince Edward County's long-term prosperity, environmental health and social well-being
depend on wisely managing change and promoting economic growth.
b) It is anticipated that growth opportunities in the County over the next 25 years will include:
i.
All types of urban development focused within the Urban Centres and
Villages;
ii.
New housing and jobs, including tourism related jobs, located in the Rural
Settlement Areas, on Rural Lands and on Rural Industrial Lands;
iii.
Expanded agricultural, agriculture-related and on-farm diversified uses,
including agri-tourism, in the Agricultural areas and Rural Lands; and
iv.
Tourism development within Shore Lands is geared to seasonal residents, as
well as tourist accommodations and tourist-related commercial activities that
may increase public access to the waterfront.
c) Table 1 identifies that by 2038, the total population is projected to grow to 38,834 people.
During that same time, the number of jobs is projected to grow to 8,750 jobs.
Table 1: Population and Employment Projections - 2011 to 2038
2011
2038
Net Increase
Percent (%)
Permanent Population
24,605
26,709
2,104
8.6%
Seasonal Population
5,966
12,125
6,159
103.2%
Total Population
30,571
38,834
8,263
27.0%
Employment (jobs)
6,475
8,750
2,275
35.1%
Source: Watson and Associates (2017). County of Prince Edward 2017 Development Charges Background Study.
d) Projected population and job growth are modest. At the same time, the general
attractiveness of the County for economic growth - particularly in the agriculture/viticulture,
tourism and technology-based sectors and new permanent and seasonal residents, is
positive.
e) This combination of modest growth and positive outlook for new investment makes it
difficult to predict the various types of development in the various locational contexts within
the County. In response, growth is predicated on a "reaction to opportunity" approach,
where new growth is anticipated and desired in a number of forms and in a number of
locational contexts, without unduly restricting the County's ability to review and approve
new development proposals as they are received, wherever they are located.
Page 13
Official Plan
2.4 Growth Management
f) Specific population or job targets or caps are not identified in this Plan. Rather, the County
will rely upon this Plan to provide a guiding policy framework for the review and
assessment of applications for development on an application by application basis.
g) The County will carefully monitor ongoing growth to ensure that the population and
employment growth projections included in this Plan remain reasonable and relevant over
time.
2.4.2 Objectives
a) The following are the objectives that support Growth Management:
Objective 1
Ensure that growth opportunities support sustainability, a strong
economy and healthy, livable and strive for complete communities.
Objective 2
Promote and facilitate a full range of appropriate forms of development
throughout the County.
Objective 3
Provide flexibility within the policy framework established in this Plan
that allows the County to review development proposals on their merits
and on a site-specific basis, but in keeping with the overall goals of the
plan.
Objective 4
Accommodate an appropriate range and mix of residential and
employment uses − including industrial, commercial, tourism related,
agricultural, rural and institutional uses - as well as recreational and
conservation uses to meet long-term needs of residents, businesses
and the tourism industry.
Objective 5
Promote compatible development and land use patterns, and ensure
that new development does not cause environmental or public health
and safety concerns or negatively impact the agricultural community or
natural heritage features and systems.
Objective 6
Promote development standards and land use patterns that will sustain
the financial, social, cultural and environmental well-being of the
County over the long term.
Objective 7
Ensure that necessary and appropriate infrastructure systems and
public service facilities are, or will be available to meet the anticipated
growth of the County.
Objective 8
In order to attract new commerce/industries, the County will service
sufficient lands with water and sanitary sewer services and will
market the County's amenities and quality of life. The development of
industrial uses will be permitted in the rural areas of the County.
Page 14
Official Plan
2.5 Policies
2.5 Policies
a) This Plan accommodates growth in various locations throughout the County.
Notwithstanding this flexibility, the identified Urban Centres shall be the primary focus for
new growth. Villages and Hamlets will also play a key role in accommodating new growth,
in concert with their ability to provide context appropriate levels of infrastructure, whether
municipal, communal or individual servicing systems/facilities.
Appropriate development on Rural Lands, on Rural Industrial Lands, in Agricultural areas
and on Shore Lands will also be supported, and is considered an integral part of the
County's growth management and economic development strategies.
b) When reviewing development proposals within the Urban and Rural Settlement Areas,
the County will consider the following criteria:
i.
New development shall be compatible with the local context;
ii.
New development shall occur in proximity to existing development and shall
have a mix of uses and densities that allow for the efficient use of infrastructure
service systems/facilities that are appropriate for the local context;
iii.
The County shall ensure the orderly progression of growth within the Urban and
Rural Settlement Area boundaries and shall link the approval of new
development to the protection of the Natural Heritage System, the conservation
of Cultural Heritage Resources and timely provision of the appropriate
infrastructure systems/facilities; and,
iv.
The scale and nature of new development applications on a property that
includes or is adjacent to a natural heritage feature and area identified in this
Plan or in the Zoning By-Law will determine if the application will be
accompanied by an Environmental Impact Study. An EIS will ensure that the
natural heritage feature and area and its associated ecological functions are
protected from any negative impact related to the proposed development.
c) In accordance with the policies of the Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS), the County
may allow the adjustment of a Settlement Area boundary at the time of a comprehensive
review and only where it has been demonstrated that:
i.
Sufficient opportunities for growth are not available through intensification,
redevelopment and designated growth areas to accommodate the projected
needs over the identified planning horizon;
ii.
The infrastructure and public service facilities which are planned or available
are suitable for the development over the long term, are financially viable over
their life cycle, and protect public health and safety and the natural environment;
iii.
In Agricultural areas:
1. The lands do not comprise specialty crop areas;
2. Alternative locations have been evaluated, and
Page 15
Official Plan
2.5 Policies
a. There are no reasonable alternatives which avoid Agricultural
areas; and
b. There are no reasonable alternatives on lower priority agricultural
lands in Agricultural areas;
iv.
The new or expanding Settlement Area conforms with the Minimum Distance
Separation (MDS) Formulae; and
v.
Impacts from new or expanding Settlement Areas on agricultural operations
which are adjacent or close to the Settlement Area are mitigated to the extent
feasible.
In determining the most appropriate direction for expansions to the boundaries of
Settlement Areas or the identification of a Settlement Area by a planning authority,
planning authority shall apply the policies of Section 2: Wise Use and Management of
Resources and Section 3: Protecting Public Health and Safety of the PPS.
d) Adjustments to the Settlement Area boundary may occur outside a comprehensive review
provided:
i.
there would be no net increase in land within the Settlement Areas;
ii.
the adjustment would support the municipality's ability to meet intensification
and redevelopment targets established by the municipality;
iii.
prime agricultural areas are addressed in accordance with Section. 2.5.c) iii.,
iv., and v.;
iv.
the Settlement Area to which lands would be added is appropriately serviced
and there is sufficient reserve infrastructure capacity to service the lands.
e) Agricultural areas are important resources that shall be protected by directing non-related
development, including non-farm residential dwellings to areas where it will not constrain
the use.
f) In the Countryside and specifically on lands designated as Rural Lands, Rural Industrial
Lands, Open Space Lands and Shore Lands of the County, new development applications
shall be reviewed by the County with consideration of the following criteria:
i.
Aggregate Resource Lands are important resources that shall be protected by
directing non-related development, including non-farm residential dwellings to
areas where it will not constrain these uses.
ii.
Shore Lands are an important resource that shall be managed in a way that
promotes appropriate and sustainable development, with a focus on tourism
and enhancing public access to the waterfront
iii.
Development shall be appropriate to the ability to provide cost-effective sanitary
sewage treatment, water supply and road infrastructure, and avoid the need for
the unjustified and/or uneconomical expansion of this infrastructure;
Page 16
Official Plan
2.5 Policies
iv.
New land uses, including the creation of lots, and new or expanding livestock
facilities, shall be in accordance with the Minimum Distance Separation (MDS)
Formulae; and
v.
Identified significant natural heritage features and areas and their associated
ecological functions shall be protected from any negative impact related to the
proposed development.
vi.
Rural Lands may accommodate development and provide for an opportunity for
a range of uses to support a rural lifestyle and build a diversified rural economy.
In addition to limited residential development via severance (consents), a range
of recreational, agricultural, tourism, and other appropriate economic
opportunities that are compatible with the rural landscape and can be sustained
by rural service levels, will be promoted. Opportunities shall be retained to
locate new or expanding land uses that require separation from other uses.
g) Lands designated as Employment Areas in this Plan and/or Secondary Plans are
considered to be employment areas as defined by the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS)
2020.
The County may permit conversion of lands within employment areas to non-employment
uses through a comprehensive review, only where it has been demonstrated that the land
is not required for employment purposes over the long term and that there is a need for
the conversion.
h) Notwithstanding subsection g) above, and until the official plan review or update in
subsection g) is undertaken and completed, lands within existing employment areas may
be converted to a designation that permits non-employment uses provided the area has
not been identified as provincially significant through a provincial plan exercise or as
regionally significant by a regional economic development corporation working together
with affected upper and single-tier municipalities and subject to the following:
i.
there is an identified need for the conversion and the land is not required for
employment purposes over the long term;
ii.
the proposed uses would not adversely affect the overall viability of the
employment area; and
iii.
existing or planned infrastructure and public service facilities are available to
accommodate the proposed uses.
Page 17
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
3.0 Shaping the County - General Development Policies
1)
Our County-shaping policies provide the over-arching direction for how the Municipality
will grow over the next 25 years.
2)
The following policies ensure the County grows in the way that we envision. Included
are policies for contributing to creating a sense of place in the County, including, but not
limited to; environmental protection, parks and trails network, stable and diversified
economy, housing, arts and culture, and cultural heritage.
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
3.1.1 Intent
Prince Edward County is an ecologically unique area, shaped by its connections to Lake Ontario
and the Bay of Quinte. It supports a diverse Natural Heritage System, with its predominantly rural
character enhanced by a large number of wetlands, woodlands, watercourses, steep slopes and
escarpment features, inland lakes, and the shoreline and nearshore areas of both the Bay
of Quinte and Lake Ontario. The County's diverse Natural Heritage System contributes to a
network of expansive parks, open spaces, and trails that serve an important environmental
function by protecting habitats and creating linkages for flora and fauna across the County and
beyond. As a natural heritage asset, the parks, open space and trails network provides unique
opportunities for eco-education and eco-tourism. The network provides people of all ages with
ample and accessible opportunities for active and passive recreation, meeting the needs of
residents and attracting visitors to the County.
The intent of this Plan is to ensure the protection, enhancement, and wise use of the natural
resources within the County. The County will protect, maintain, and enhance the health and
biodiversity of the Natural Heritage System, while also protecting development from natural
hazards. The County will encourage the improvement of water quality and enhancement
of fish and wildlife habitats by protecting natural heritage features from incompatible
development, while directing said development away from constraint areas, where possible. The
goal is to recognize and respect; the intrinsic value of these features to Indigenous groups, the
quality of life the Natural Heritage System offers to County residents, and the attractiveness of
the County to tourists. The County will create, maintain, and enhance parks, open space, and
trails network in accordance with the protection and conservation of the Natural Heritage
System and natural heritage features of the County. The goal is to provide a network that meets
the needs and preferences of residents and visitors and ensures safe and attractive connections
between Settlement Areas, tourist destinations, and places of recreation within the County. The
County's natural landscape, open spaces, and trails network are key elements in why Prince
Edward County is special to so many.
3.1.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan related to environmental protection and enhancement, include:
Page 18
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
Objective 1
Maintain, restore, and enhance the health and biodiversity of the
County's natural heritage features and their associated ecological
functions and protect them from incompatible development.
Objective 2
Recognize the contribution that the Natural Heritage System, which
includes all features specified in the Environmental Protection
designation, provides to open space and recreational activities, tourist
opportunities and the economy of the County.
Objective 3
Ensure the trail network is continually maintained and enhanced, as
well as any expansions, to provide a diversity of opportunities for active
and passive recreation that meet the changing needs and preferences
of residents and promote the network as part of the tourism experience
in the County.
Objective 4
Manage land uses and development to avoid negative impacts on
water quality and the integrated hydrological/hydrogeological functions
of wetlands, watercourses and groundwater resources.
Objective 5
Direct incompatible development outside identified constraint areas,
thereby protecting them from any natural hazards and preserve related
natural heritage features.
Objective 6
Acknowledge the impacts of climate change as a potential issue within
the County on ecosystems and communities, strengthening the
rationale for protecting the Natural Heritage System and thereby
providing for the greatest amount of resiliency in the face of such
changes.
Objective 7
Encourage landscape restoration and enhancement to repair past
damage and to mitigate the potential negative impacts of any
development. This includes creating partnerships with landowners to
expand and enhance the connectivity and cohesiveness of the network
regardless of jurisdiction.
3.1.3 Natural Heritage System Policies
1)
The components of the Natural Heritage System contribute to the conservation of
biological diversity, and to the quality of the air, land and water. The components of the
Natural Heritage System include:
a) Wetlands − Wetlands are important features within the landscape, with several
of the wetlands within the County identified as being Regionally and Provincially
Significant Wetlands (PSWs). Other wetlands have not been evaluated but are
worthy of consideration for protection due to their size and their perceived
contribution to ecological value;
b) ANSIs − There are a number of ANSIs which have been identified by the
Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry within the County. ANSIs fall into
Page 19
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
two broad classes- earth science and life science. Earth Science ANSIs provide
exceptional representations of geology, fossils, or landforms. Life Science
ANSIs are areas identified to provide high quality habitat or a high diversity of
habitats, or which provide important representation of features which may be
uncommon within the broader landscape. Some of these are Provincially
Significant, whereas others have been identified as being of Regional
Significance. It is important that all such ANSIs receive the highest level of
protection;
c) Woodlands − The County has many woodlands. As well as enhancing the
beauty of the countryside, woodlands have a moderating influence on the
climate, provide shelter against wind-induced soil erosion, improve the quality
of air and water, and contribute to the amount, quality and diversity of wildlife
habitat, particularly through the provision of breeding and foraging habitat for
many of the bird species which migrate to, or through, Prince Edward County.
Woodlands also provide valuable economic resources.
d) Valleylands − A significant valleyland is a natural area that occurs in a valley
or other landform depression that has water flowing through or standing for
some period of the year and is ecologically important in terms of features,
functions, representation or amount, and contributing to the quality and diversity
of an identifiable geographic area or natural heritage system;
e) Watercourses − Watercourses provide flood attenuation and water quality
benefits, habitat for fish and other wildlife, and often corridor functions for wildlife
movement. It is important that watercourses be protected, and that they are
buffered from incompatible uses. Coldwater watercourses are not common
within the County but where they do occur, serve additional important fisheries
functions; cold-water streams require additional efforts to buffer them from
incompatible uses. Further, the County recognizes the importance of flood plain
management in protecting against the loss of human life, property damage and
social disruption;
f) Shorelines − The County is surrounded by water, including Lake Ontario and
the Bay of Quinte, and contains several inland lakes. The protection of the
shoreline areas which surrounds these lakes, known as the shoreline riparian
area, helps maintain water quality, fish habitat and wildlife habitat, and will be
an important consideration in the review of any proposed shoreline
development;
g) Water Supply/Groundwater − Many of the residents of the County rely on
groundwater for their domestic water supply. The fractured limestone bedrock
which typifies subsurface conditions in the County can make such water
supplies vulnerable to contamination from other land uses;
Page 20
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
h) Steep Slopes − Areas of steep slopes have often been left undisturbed within
agricultural and rural settings. Within the County, a number of areas of steep
slopes correspond to escarpment features, and serve as natural corridors for
wildlife movement and assist with stormwater management and erosion; and
i) Wildlife habitat − Protecting features such as wetlands, woodlands and
watercourse features will help to maintain much of the wildlife habitat
associated with the County, including that for most Species at Risk. It is
recognized that other landscape features, such as hayfields, treelines/fence
bottoms and old field communities that can effectively co-exist with agricultural
practices, contribute to the diversity, quality and connectivity of wildlife habitat,
and are key habitat components for grassland-nesting birds, some of which are
protected under the Endangered Species Act.
2)
Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations identifies the Environmental Protection
designation that combines the Provincially Significant Wetlands (PSWs) and Areas of
Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSIs), Provincially Significant Costal Wetlands and
Regionally Significant Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSIs) each of which are
identified on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas.
3)
Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas identifies collectively and individually the key
components of the County's Natural Heritage System, including the natural heritage
features that comprise the Environmental Protection designation identified on Schedule
'A': Land Use Designations, as well as:
a) Wetlands - Other; including unevaluated wetlands and wetlands evaluated as
'other significance'
b) Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSIs) - Significant and Candidate;
c) Natural Core Areas;
d) Natural Core Area Linkages;
e) Waring's Creek Sub-Watershed; and
f) Woodlands.
4)
Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas identifies additional components of the Natural
Heritage System, and man-made constraints including:
a) Flood Lines;
b) Steep Slopes;
c) Source Water Protection Zones;
d) Potential Fire Hazards;
e) Unexploded Ordinance (UXO) Areas;
Page 21
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
f) Abandoned Gas Wells; and
g) Landfill Sites.
5)
Schedule 'D': Resource Areas identifies:
a) Aggregate Deposits;
b) Bedrock Drift Thickness < 1m; and
c) Significant Groundwater Recharge Areas.
6)
The natural environment is one important consideration in the determination of how
development can proceed. The Plan promotes the following general approaches:
a) Agricultural land uses can occur in harmony with the protection of a healthy
natural environment. The County shall work with the farming community
towards the protection of features such as wetlands, woodlands and shoreline
buffers as part of any agricultural land use.
b) The most typical pattern of rural development within the County, generally
consisting of the creation of new residential lots through severance (consents),
and their subsequent development as single-detached homes, can occur in
harmony with the protection of a healthy natural environment. However, care
must be taken to ensure such development is undertaken in a manner that
ensures that there are no negative impacts on the natural environment;
c) Tourist commercial development, industrial development and other major
developments, have a greater potential for adverse impacts on the natural
environment. Such development can be properly located within the Countryside
and can be planned to ensure that there are no negative impacts on the natural
environment.
7)
In protecting the Natural Heritage System, it is important that it be evaluated
comprehensively. The following has been considered in establishing the broad
protection areas inherent to the policy framework promoted in this Plan:
a) Areas where PSWs or Provincially Significant ANSIs receive protection under
the Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS) are considered for broad protection
zones;
b) Areas where there is a concentration of natural features serving complimentary
functions, and in particular those areas which are known to provide regionally
important values for wildlife, are considered for broad protection zones. For
example, the regional importance of the South Shore as both a stop-over and
nesting habitat for migratory birds was important to its identification as an area
requiring protection; and,
c) Areas where there are considerable lands in public ownership (municipal,
provincial and federal), or in Land Trusts, is important for consideration as a
Page 22
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
broad protection area, as those lands tend to either be protected over the long-
term, or subject to long-term management plans, which helps ensure their
ecological contributions for generations to come.
By combining these three elements, and also looking at the connectivity of such areas
to one another, Natural Core Areas and Natural Core Area linkages have been identified
on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas.
8)
The approach taken in this Plan is to establish first, an Environmental Protection
designation, where development is specifically precluded, second, to identify Natural
Core Areas and Natural Core Area Linkages that are the broad protection areas within
the County which contain an abundance of important natural features and functions, and
provide the opportunity to maintain the crucial ecological connections between the
identified Natural Core Areas and for protecting the functionality of those areas for the
long term.
9)
The Natural Heritage System, specifically Natural Core Areas and Natural Core
Linkages, are not intended to restrict ongoing rural or agricultural land uses. The County
will work with land owners to indicate the importance of the Natural Core Features and
Linkages to the County, their way of life and the lives of the fauna using these features.
10)
In addition, landscape restoration and enhancement are very useful means of both
repairing damage which may have been caused by past land use practices, and in
offsetting the potential impacts of newly proposed developments. The County
encourages opportunities for landscape restoration and enhancement in relationship to
existing land use activities, and will seek out opportunities for landscape restoration and
enhancement as offsetting measures in its review of proposed developments and
applications for development. Enhancements can include the removal of invasive
species, the planting of trees and hedgerows, etc.
3.1.4 Feature Specific Policies
Wetlands - Other, including unevaluated wetlands and wetlands of other significance
1)
Wetlands - Other are identified on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas.
2)
Development shall not be permitted within an identified Wetland - Other feature or within
50 metres of an identified Wetland - Other feature (i.e. unidentified wetland) unless the
ecological function of the feature has been evaluated through an Environmental Impact
Study (EIS) that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the County, in consultation with
Quinte Conservation and any other agency having jurisdiction, that there will be no
negative impacts on the natural feature, or its ecological functions. The EIS must also
demonstrate how any development activities are to be compatible with the feature.
Page 23
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
3)
If development is proposed on or within 120 metres of an unevaluated wetland that has
characteristics or contains components that are typical of a PSW, a wetland evaluation
shall be prepared by a qualified professional and submitted to the Ministry of Natural
Resources and Forestry for approval to determine if it is a PSW.
4)
No policy in this Section of this Plan is intended to limit the ability of agricultural uses to
continue.
5)
Regardless of the scale of adjacent development activity, opportunities to improve upon
identified Wetlands which may have been degraded in the past, or which have
insufficient natural buffers to support their full range of natural functions shall considered
when development applications are reviewed.
Woodlands
6)
Woodlands larger than 40 hectares in size are identified on Schedule 'B': Natural
Heritage Features and Areas. Woodlands form a mosaic of protected natural habitats
within the County.
7)
Development shall not be permitted within woodlands identified in Schedule 'B': Natural
Features & Areas or any significant woodlands identified during the planning process
through criteria in the Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry's Natural Heritage
Reference Manual.
8)
Development shall not be permitted on adjacent lands to the identified woodlands,
unless the ecological function of the adjacent lands has been evaluated through an
Environmental Impact Study (EIS) that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the County,
in consultation with Quinte Conservation and any other agency having jurisdiction, that
there will be no negative impacts on the woodlands or on their ecological functions.
9)
There are many Woodlands outside of the identified areas, which shall be considered as
part of the review of an application for Major Development (commercial or industrial)
10)
For major development, specific analysis of woodland features within the development,
and demonstration that proposed development will be sensitive to the protection of such
features, will be required as part of the development review process. Where feasible,
such development will seek to enhance existing woodland values through management
and planting.
11)
No policy in this Section of this Plan is intended to limit the ability of agricultural uses to
continue.
Page 24
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
Valleylands
12)
Significant valleylands are mapped on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas as
having been determined to meet one or more of the following criteria:
a) Has greater than 50 metres in length and 25 metres in average width with a
well-defined morphology which is described as two valley walls of 25% slope or
greater with a minimum height of three metres (OMNR, 2012);
b) Water (flowing or standing) is present for greater than two months of the year
(OMNR, 2010); and,
c) Areas of well-defined valley morphology (e.g., floodplains, meander belts, valley
slopes) having an average of 25 metres or more (OMNR, 2010).
Methodology for the identification of significant valleylands can be obtained from the
Municipality.
13)
Development shall not be permitted within significant valleylands.
14)
Development may be permitted on adjacent lands to identified valleylands if the
ecological function of the adjacent lands has been evaluated through an Environmental
Impact Study (EIS) that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the County, in consultation
with Quinte Conservation and any other agency having jurisdiction, that there will be no
negative impacts on the natural feature or its ecological function.
Waring's Creek Sub-Watershed
15)
The Waring's Creek Sub-Watershed is identified on Schedule 'B': Natural Features &
Areas. Waring's Creek has been identified as a cold-water stream, with a Fisheries
Management Plan having been developed and implemented. The County recognizes
the sensitivity of Waring's Creek, and the substantial efforts that have been made
towards its protection and enhancement.
16)
The Waring's Creek Sub-Watershed is a connected ecosystem that includes multiple
features and ecological functions. No development shall occur within the riparian area
extending a minimum 50 metres out from the top of bank of the Creek and any tributaries,
and any additional wetlands or other features providing groundwater discharge to the
Creek and its tributaries.
Lake Management Plans and Provisions for Inland Lakes
17)
Lake Management Plans provide more detailed land use policy direction for specific
lakes, and are intended to go beyond the more general policy framework of the Official
Plan. Such plans are intended to identify, reflect and respond to the character and
Page 25
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
physical capabilities of particular lakes. A plan may address different minimum lot
standards for new lot creation and/or regulate redevelopment activities.
18)
The County shall be guided by the East Lake Plan and any other Lake Management
Plans, in making all decisions of relevance to such Plans.
19)
Lake Management Plans often go beyond land use planning considerations. The land
use planning components of a Lake Management Plan are intended to be implemented
through policies in this Plan. Other features of a Lake Management Plan will be
implemented through the efforts of individual ratepayer organizations.
3.1.5 Unmapped Natural Heritage Feature Policies
Watercourses and Shoreline Buffers
1)
Buffering of watercourses is important to ensure the protection of these natural functions.
Coldwater systems require larger buffers than warm-water systems:
a) All watercourses, together with a riparian zone extending a minimum 15 metres
from their shorelines or top of bank, are to be protected; and
b) The shorelines of Lake Ontario, the Bay of Quinte and all inland lakes shall be
protected by riparian zone/natural buffer of at least 30 metres from the normal
high-water mark. With only minor exceptions, subject to the approval of the
County, in consultation with Quinte Conservation and any agency having
jurisdiction, grading will not be permitted within this riparian zone/natural buffer.
2)
For new lot creation, development, including the septic system tile bed, must be set back
a minimum of 30 metres from the high-water mark of the lake with non-disturbance of
the native soils and very limited removal of the shoreline vegetation. It is the
understanding in consideration of a severance (consents) that the lot must be able to
meet the setback with no subsequent variance.
3)
For existing lots of record, new development will be set back 30 metres if possible,
otherwise as far back as the lot permits in consideration of topographical or geographical
constraints.
4)
Permitted development proposals must be supported with an Environmental Impact
Study (EIS) in consultation with the MECP. This is to ensure water quality protection.
The study will take into consideration the existing water quality of the water body, surface
water run-off, impact and loadings of phosphorous from septic systems, type of soils,
stormwater management and nature of vegetation.
5)
These provisions do not apply to prohibit accessory shoreline structures and uses
associated with permitted uses along the shoreline.
Page 26
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
Endangered, Threatened Species and Species at Risk
6)
The County recognizes the importance of endangered species and threatened species,
and the protection afforded to such species and their habitats under the Endangered
Species Act
7)
Development shall not be permitted within the of habitat of endangered species and
threatened species, except in accordance with applicable provincial and federal
requirements.
8)
Development applications adjacent to identified habitat shall be subject to appropriate
screening to determine whether they could negatively impact endangered species and/or
threatened species or their habitat. Where there are potential concerns, the applicant
will be required to address these in accordance with the requirements of the Endangered
Species Act. For major development, specific analysis of how any development activities
are compatible with the protection of Species at Risk will be required by the County as
part of its review process.
9)
Where there are uncertainties regarding potential implications of any proposed
development on Species at Risk, the proponent will be required to consult with the MNRF
and demonstrate that they have had appropriate regard to the requirements of the
Endangered Species Act.
Significant Wildlife habitats
10)
Development shall not be permitted in areas of significant wildlife habitat, unless it has
been demonstrated through an Environmental Impact Study (EIS) that there will be no
negative impact on the habitat or its ecological function.
11)
Development shall not be permitted on adjacent lands to identified significant wildlife
habitat unless the ecological function of the adjacent lands has been evaluated through
an Environmental Impact Study (EIS) that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the
County, in consultation with Quinte Conservation and any other agency having
jurisdiction, that there will be no negative impacts on the wildlife habitat.
12)
The County will require that proponents proposing the following types of development
will be required to retain a qualified person to undertake a scoped Environmental Impact
Study (EIS):
a) the creation of more than three lots through either consent or plan of
subdivision;
b) a change in land use, not including the creation of a lot, that requires approval
under the Planning Act;
Page 27
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
c) a shoreline consent along a large inland lake or large river (denoted on 1:50,000
National Topographic System maps as being two lined) that is within 120 metres
along the shoreline of an existing lot of record or a lot described in an application
for subdivision or consent; and,
d) construction for recreational uses (e.g. golf courses, serviced playing fields,
serviced campgrounds and ski hills) that require large-scale modification of
terrain, vegetation or both.
13)
Where potential habitat is identified or confirmed, through a scoped Environmental
Impact Study (EIS), a more detailed EIS is required prior to obtaining any necessary
planning approvals. The results of the reports or studies shall be implemented as
appropriate through such mechanisms as the zoning by-law, development agreement,
site plan agreement and/or conditions of approval.
14)
No policy in this Section of this Plan is intended to limit the ability of agricultural uses to
continue.
15)
The importance of habitat for Species at Risk, and areas of more specialized wildlife
habitat functions are also to be recognized. The South Shore, is an area which is
important to the successful migration of many bird species, and which provides breeding
habitat for a number of those species. The South Shore is one of several areas identified
as a Natural Core Area on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas.
Fish Habitat
16)
Development shall not be permitted in areas of fish habitat except in accordance with
applicable provincial and federal requirements.
17)
Development shall not be permitted on adjacent lands to identified fish habitat unless
the ecological function of the adjacent lands has been evaluated through an
Environmental Impact Study (EIS) that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the County,
in consultation with Quinte Conservation and any other agency having jurisdiction, that
there will be no negative impacts on the fish habitat.
18)
Where fish habitat has not been comprehensively mapped, all water features including
permanent and intermittent streams, headwaters, seasonally flooded areas, municipal
drains, lakes and ponds will be considered fish habitat unless it is demonstrated
otherwise by a qualified professional.
Page 28
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
3.1.6 Constraint Area Policies
Steep Slopes
1)
Steep Slopes have been identified on Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas. Areas of Steep
Slopes (>25% grade and a minimum of 3 metres in elevation) and other escarpment
features are part of the mosaic of natural features within the County, adding to its
biodiversity and providing linkage functions for some species.
2)
Steep Slopes are generally incompatible with development because of the difficulties in
building on them, and because of the increased susceptibility to erosion that such
development may cause.
3)
The protection of Steep Slopes and escarpment features will be encouraged by the
County. The County will direct new development away from the areas identified as Steep
Slopes. For major development, a specific analysis of how development activities within
proximity of identified Steep Slopes avoid or mitigate the impacts on those features will
be required as part of the development review process.
Water Resources
4)
It is the intent of this Plan that the development of public and private uses will not:
a) Negatively impact any municipal source of drinking water supply;
b) Negatively impact groundwater recharge or discharge areas; and
c) Impair groundwater or surface water quality.
5)
In reviewing applications for development, the County will consider the potential
implications of such changes on ground water supplies, including measures that might
be implemented to minimize such risks. Where there are municipal wells, the County will
identify wellhead protection zones and work with its partners in developing appropriate
wellhead protection strategies.
6)
In reviewing all development applications, the County will have regard to land use
practices which could compromise the integrity of source water and groundwater,
including for example those involving storage of fuel, petroleum solvents, chlorinated
solvents, pesticides, herbicides, fungicides, construction equipment, road salt
agricultural fertilizers and other contaminants, the generation of hazardous materials and
waste disposal sites. For facilities where such uses are being considered, the applicant
shall comply with the Source Protection Plan and produce documentation (e.g. an
approved Risk Management Plan or a Provincially Issued Prescribed Instrument) to
satisfy the County that the uses and/or activities comply with the policies of the Source
Protection Plan.
Page 29
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
7)
Large development proposals (i.e. campgrounds, trailer parks, resort/condominium
development) within 120 metres of waterbodies and watercourses must be supported
with a site evaluation report in consultation with the Ministry of the Environment,
Conservation and Parks. This is to ensure water quality protection. The study should
take into consideration the existing water quality of the water body, surface water run-
off, impact and loadings of phosphorous from septic systems, type of soils, stormwater
management and nature of vegetation.
Source Water Protection Zones
8)
Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas shows Source Water Protection Zones identified in
relation to the public water supplies of various communities within the County. Only
Source Water Protection Zones with a vulnerability score of greater than 8 are shown.
Within these identified zones, the County is to work with Quinte Conservation in ensuring
an additional level of vigilance that land use activities do not have the potential to
compromise the quality of these drinking water supplies.
9)
Planning approvals shall not be given to proposed land uses dependent upon large
sewage systems such as wastewater treatment plants, communal septic systems and
some types of industrial sewage treatment where they would constitute a significant
threat to a drinking water supply in any designated vulnerable area. Exceptions to this
policy may be made where all of the following conditions are met.
a) The proposed system is intended to replace an existing sewage system;
b) The proposed system would be more protective of the potable water resource;
and,
c) Conditions of approval for the new sewage system will ensure that it does not
become a significant drinking water threat.
10)
The Municipality shall pass a by-law in accordance with the Quinte Region Source
Protection Plan requiring those properties serviced with an existing septic system
identified as a significant drinking water threat to be connected to the municipal sewage
collection system where it is feasible to do so in consideration of financial and technical
constraints.
11)
Consents for new lots in areas identified as significant drinking water threats requiring
servicing by a private septic system shall not be permitted where municipal services are
available.
12)
Notwithstanding 3.1.6.10), applications for development in areas where sewage systems
would be a significant drinking water threat may be assessed by the appropriate approval
authority upon having a qualified professional prepare one or more of the following
documents:
Page 30
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
a) Hydrogeological or water quality assessment;
b) Engineered sewage system design that will satisfy the requirements of the
Ontario Building Code; and/or,
c) Best Management practices and site design.
13)
Where required under the Clean Water Act, clearance shall be obtained from the Risk
Management Official before building permits or planning applications are considered in
identified vulnerable areas.
Highly Vulnerable Aquifers
14)
Highly Vulnerable Aquifers are areas where the quality of drinking water sources is
vulnerable to contamination by various land uses or activities. The impact of
development applications on groundwater will be considered in planning decisions. In
accordance with the Quinte Region Source Protection Plan, the entire County has been
identified as a Highly Vulnerable Aquifer.
15)
All applications for major development must include a report showing how the quality
and quantity of groundwater will be protected, improved or restored. The report shall be
prepared to the satisfaction of the municipality and local conservation authority prior to
any planning approvals or the issuance of permits under the Ontario Building Code Act
or Regulations passed through the Conservation Authorities Act. Mitigation measures
and/or alternative development approaches may be required in order to protect, improve
or restore sensitive surface water features, sensitive groundwater features, and their
hydrologic features.
Significant Groundwater Recharge Areas
16)
Significant Groundwater Recharge Areas are identified on Schedule 'D': Resource
Areas. Groundwater needs to be protected to promote public health, and as an essential
resource for urban and rural water supplies, agricultural production and the maintenance
of the Natural Heritage System.
17)
The County recognizes a relationship between groundwater and surface water in terms
of recharge and discharge functions. The policies of this Plan are intended to address
both groundwater and surface water protection. The County commits to pursuing the
following directions to protect or enhance the function of Major Groundwater Recharge
Areas:
a) Protect the hydrogeological functions of the broader groundwater systems in
the County;
b) Ensure that land use planning decisions contribute to the protection,
maintenance and enhancement of water and related resources and aquatic
systems on an integrated watershed management basis with a focus on the
Page 31
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
protection of the base flows required for wetlands and stream systems that
make significant contributions to groundwater recharge systems;
c) Protect surface and groundwater quality through the use of regulatory and
voluntary means of prohibiting, restricting or influencing land uses and activities
within, or in proximity to the identified Major Groundwater Recharge Areas;
d) Ensure levels of wastewater treatment that are appropriate for the size, location
and scale of development anticipated within, or in proximity to the identified
Major Groundwater Recharge Areas;
e) Ensure that development does not alter groundwater levels to the detriment of
surrounding users and resources;
f) Encourage agricultural practices that protect water resources; and
g) Require appropriate impact studies when development proposals have the
potential to affect groundwater systems/resources.
Flood Lines
18)
Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas identifies Flood Lines which represent the approximate
regulatory flood elevations in effect within the County. More detailed mapping from
Quinte Conservation will more clearly identify the flood elevation.
19)
The County will work in partnership with Quinte Conservation in carrying out its mandate
under the Conservation Authorities Act and in ensuring development applications are in
keeping with other policy requirements of that Authority. Where Quinte Conservation
policies are more restrictive than the policies in this Plan in protecting flood plains, the
policies of Quinte Conservation will prevail.
20)
Regulatory Flood elevations have been established for most waterbodies However,
where regulatory flood elevations have not been established, a minimum setback of 30
metres from the top of the bank shall be maintained, until such time as regulatory flood
elevations have been established.
21)
No new development, expansion of existing uses and/or site alteration (i.e. filling) is
permitted below the regulatory flood elevation. Exceptions to this requirement would be
to permit structures necessary for flood and/or erosion control works or structures such
as docks. Minor extensions or replacement of existing buildings or structures may be
permitted, subject to the regulations and approval of Quinte Conservation.
Abandoned Gas Wells
22)
Abandoned Gas Wells are identified symbolically on Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas.
The identifier includes an accuracy halo, given that the exact location may not be
specifically known. Petroleum pools and/or abandoned (unused) gas wells may pose a
threat to the environment and to public health and safety.
Page 32
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
23)
The County shall require that a proponent of development review the Ontario Oil, Gas
and Salt Resources Library website (www.ogsrlibrary.com) to determine whether a gas
well exists or has existed on the subject lands, and should a gas well be known to exist
or have existed, consult with the Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry to determine
whether a potential hazard exists and if so, what measures can be taken to ensure that
the gas well is properly plugged, capped or otherwise made safe in accordance with
provincial standards. Specifically:
a) The construction of buildings within 75 metres of an unplugged gas well shall
not be permitted. No buildings shall be constructed directly on top of any
plugged gas well; and
b) No new wells shall be drilled within 75 metres from existing residential,
institutional, commercial or industrial development or within 50 metres from any
public road allowance, utility corridor, and electrical transmission line or railway
right-of-way.
24)
As a condition of approving any development, the County shall require that all existing
or abandoned gas wells discovered on the subject site have been properly plugged in
accordance with provincial standards prior to development. If an existing or abandoned
gas well is discovered during development, it shall be properly plugged in accordance
with provincial standards prior to the continuation of development.
25)
The County shall require, on lands where abandoned gas wells are located and at a
minimum, that any new building or structure requiring a building permit be reviewed by
a qualified professional for the possibility of methane gas infiltration in the building or
structure and, where there is a danger of methane gas infiltration, that a detection and
ventilation system be designed by a qualified engineer and installed.
26)
The County shall encourage methane gas detection devices be installed in all existing
homes and in all existing public, institutional, recreational and commercial buildings.
Potential Wildland Fire Hazards
27)
Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas identifies areas with Potential Wildland Fire Hazard
throughout the Countryside.
28)
Development shall generally be directed to areas outside of lands that are unsafe for
development due to the presence of hazardous forest types for wildland fire.
Development may, however, be permitted on lands with hazardous forest types for
wildland fire where the risk is mitigated in accordance with wildland fire assessment and
mitigation standards.
29)
A Wildland Fire Risk Assessment will consider and document the following factors for
the subject lands (to the extent possible):
Page 33
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
a) predominant vegetation (fuel types), particularly those that are high to extreme
risk for wildland fire;
b) forest condition (e.g., presence of storm or insect damage);
c) topography and slope;
d) presence of water source(s);
e) distance to organized response resources (e.g., fire station); and,
f) access.
Unexploded Ordnance
30)
Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas identifies an area(s) where unexploded ordnance
(UXO) is present or where the likelihood of unexploded ordnance is prevalent based on
past operations. UXOs present a clear safety hazard from accidental detonation. A UXO
site becomes a contaminated site if the energetic materials (such as TNT, RDX, HMX)
leach into the soil or groundwater, where their concentrations occur at levels that pose,
or are likely to pose, an immediate or long-term risk to human health or the environment.
31)
The County will work with the Federal authorities to implement an appropriate
management plan for this site. The management plan shall:
a) Carry out a site characterization and risk assessment;
b) Develop a contaminated site management strategy;
c) Implement the contaminated site management strategy and prepare a final
report indicating what actions have taken place in items a) to c) above; and
d) Monitor the results.
The Bay of Quinte Remedial Action Plan
32)
The Bay of Quinte is a narrow inlet, approximately 100 km in length, located on the north
shore of Lake Ontario, towards the eastern end of the lake. The identified Area of
Concern encompasses the bay and its drainage basin of 18,000 km2, a small portion of
which occurs within Prince Edward County. This area was listed due to the following
major environmental issues:
a) Excessive nutrients from sanitary sewage treatment plants, particularly those
that discharge directly to the Bay; faulty septic tanks and surface runoff from
urban, agricultural and Rural Lands;
b) Habitat loss, in particular wetlands, due to shoreline development;
c) Contaminated sediment from historical activities along the shore of the Bay and
in the watershed; and
Page 34
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
d) Beach closings resulting from bacterial contamination from sanitary sewage
treatment plants, stormwater discharge and run-off from agricultural and rural
uses.
33)
Excessive nutrients, and in particular phosphorus, have resulted in a proliferation of
algae, which in turn has had a negative impact on the recreational uses and aesthetics
of the bay, as well as on the quality of habitat for many types of fish and wildlife.
34)
The County supports the Bay of Quinte Remedial Action Plan to restore and enhance
the ecosystem of the Bay of Quinte. The County will:
a) Work with its partners in ensuring all development applications have
appropriate regard to protect against nutrient enrichment, bacteriological
contamination, the discharge of persistent toxic contaminants and the
destruction of fish and wildlife habitat;
b) Seek opportunities to enhance fish and wildlife habitat in its review of
development applications; and
c) Work with its partners to assist in the development and implementation of
projects which can improve water quality to the Bay of Quinte watershed, or
which improve fish and wildlife habitat.
3.1.7 Parks, Open Space and Trails Network Policies
1)
The parks, open space and trails network includes lands designated in this Plan as Open
Space Lands, Public Lands as identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations and
in some cases, lands designated within the Natural Heritage System described
on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas. Additional components of the parks, open
space and trails network in the County, are identified on Schedule 'F': Recreation &
Tourism includes: Quinte Conservation Lands; Federal Lands; Municipal Lands/Trust
Lands; and Provincial Parks and other Provincial Lands. In addition, Tourism
Corridors and the Millennium Trail are key elements of the Network. Expansions to the
network that would facilitate changes to Schedule 'F': Recreation & Tourism will not
require an Amendment to this Plan, as long as the intent of this Plan is maintained with
respect to the objectives of the parks, open space and trails network.
2)
The County shall recognize both municipally and non-municipally owned components of
the identified parks, open space and trails network as part of a cohesive system, and will
work with its partners at Quinte Conservation, Ontario Parks, the Ministry of Natural
Resources and Forestry, other provincial and federal agencies, and private land
owners/organizations to coordinate and integrate network planning, expansion,
enhancement and maintenance.
Page 35
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
3)
The parks, open space and trails network is expected to evolve over time, to meet new
standards in accessibility and sustainability, as well as the changing needs and
preferences of the population. In particular:
a) Improving the accessibility of the network will help to ensure that the County's
large population of older adults are able to enjoy this recreational resource; and
b) Strong environmental protection and sustainable management practices will
ensure that the network remains a high-quality resource for generations to
come.
4)
Facilities within the parks, open space and trails network shall be designed to provide
adequate separation distances from existing abutting uses, and may include buffer
planting with native plants, landscaping and fencing to ensure that any potential adverse
impacts associated with the ongoing use of the network are minimized.
5)
The County shall also make use of any provincial or federal funds that are available to
assist in maintaining and enhancing the components of the network that is under its
jurisdiction.
6)
The priority for the enhancement and expansion of the parks, open space and trails
network within the County through the development approval process shall be on:
a) Ensuring protection of the Natural Heritage System as well as all significant
natural heritage features;
b) Providing an adequate supply, distribution, and variety of parkland to meet the
needs of residents;
c) Increasing public access to the shoreline, including for passive and active
water-based recreational activities; and
d) Creating connections between Settlement Areas, tourist destinations and
recreation areas to support active transportation and community development.
7)
The County may utilize, where possible, abandoned railway lines, unopened municipal
road allowances, easements and other means where available to provide for trails
development.
8)
The County may utilize the parkland dedication provisions of this Plan, including the
conveyance of land or provision of cash-in-lieu, to expand the parks, open space and
trails network.
9)
The County will acquire lands through a variety of means (including but not limited to the
parkland dedication provisions of this Plan, voluntary sale and public purchase and land
exchanges) to obtain improved public access to the shoreline and to the water's edge in
appropriate locations throughout the Shore Lands designation.
Page 36
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
10)
Constructed trail components of the network may be provided in addition to parkland
dedication requirements, as permitted under the Planning Act, through the development
approval process. All applications for development will be reviewed and evaluated on
the extent to which the creation, expansion and enhancement of the County's parks,
open space and trails network can be accomplished as part of the development
approvals process, including an evaluation of the planning tools available to the County
to acquire such lands and facilities.
Development Adjacent to Trails and Shoreline Access Points
11)
Development proposals abutting trail corridors of any type shall be designed and
buffered to mitigate any potential impacts associated with the use of the trail corridors
and to minimize vehicular crossings.
12)
Road allowances, opened or unopened, that provide public access to the shoreline shall
not be closed and or conveyed by the County to private landowners, unless provisions
are made by the landowner to provide enhanced public access to the shoreline at an
alternate location in the immediate area.
13)
Where road allowances leading to water are located within and area designated Open
Space Lands, or abut lands designated Public Lands, the County may restrict the use of
such road allowances to be consistent with the use and operation of an Open Space
facility that is part of the parks, open space and trails network.
Millennium Trail
14)
The Millennium Trail is identified on Schedule 'F': Recreation & Tourism and is a key
element of the parks, open space, trails network, and the County's premier active
transportation route. It provides connections for residents and visitors between
Settlement Areas and natural, cultural and culinary attractions located throughout the
County. The County will recognize the Millennium Trail as an important route that
supports local active transportation, agri-tourism, eco-tourism, and the emerging
industry for cycle tourism, and will work with community partners to:
a) Develop new and improve existing trail access points;
b) Improve connectivity to major destinations;
c) Improve signage, wayfinding, interpretive opportunities, and coordination along
the Tourism Corridors, including the Arts Trail and the Taste Trail;
d) Upgrade the trail surface to improve accessibility for all people, including for
casual cycling;
e) Maintain bridges along the trail;
Page 37
Official Plan
3.1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
f) Improve the sustainability of the trail, in terms of permeable surfacing, erosion
control, mitigating impacts on wildlife habitat, providing waste receptacles, and
developing eco-education information along the trail; and
g) Ensure that all upgrades, maintenance and expansion of the Millennium Trail
located in and adjacent to Significant Natural Heritage Features and Areas have
been demonstrated that there will be no negative impacts on the Significant
Natural Heritage features or on their ecological functions.
15)
Upgrades, maintenance and expansion of the Millennium Trail will meet the appropriate
design standards for multi-use paths, trails and active transportation corridors.
Blue Flag Certification for Beaches and Marinas
16)
Blue Flag is an internationally recognized eco-label that is awarded to beaches and
marinas that meet strict criteria for water quality, environmental education,
environmental management, and safety and services. People from across the globe
recognize Blue Flag beaches for providing the highest quality beach experience. The
program could be used to enhance the profile and improve the management of local
beaches, which already draw visitors from across the province and beyond. The County
will explore Blue Flag certification for key beaches, building on the Blue Flag certification
already achieved for Sandbanks Provincial Park in July 2017.
Commercial Opportunities in Waterfront Parks
17)
Many commercial uses naturally seek out pleasant locations, like the waterfront, that
promote a particular experience for participants. In particular, waterfront parks are an
attractive place for fitness classes, boot camps, other low impact sports, as well as
water-related uses. To facilitate and permit commercial uses in waterfront parks, the
County may:
a) Identify accessible and visible waterfront areas with low-levels of use by the
public that could accommodate potential commercial uses;
b) License business operators and charge a nominal fee to cover park
maintenance;
c) Adopt limits on the size and number of commercial uses permitted in
parks, taking into account capacity considerations.
18)
The County may permit other small-scale commercial opportunities in waterfront parks
that provide goods or services to park users, such as by paddleboard rentals, bicycle
rentals, or mobile food trucks. Prior to permitting such small-scale commercial uses in
waterfront parks, the County shall consider applicable licensing, design and operating
standards.
Page 38
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
Parks, Open Space and Trails Master Plan
19)
The County may develop a Master Plan for the development and maintenance of the
parks, open space and trails system, in cooperation with community partners,
Quinte Conservation, Ontario Parks, and any other provincial or federal partners. If
prepared, the Master Plan will include an assessment of the County's projected parkland
needs in terms of the quantity, form, function and location of parkland and may be
accompanied by a parkland acquisition strategy.
3.2 Economic Prosperity
3.2.1 Intent
Ongoing and enhanced economic development is a fundamental prerequisite to the County's
future success and sustainability; beginning with the acknowledgment of the deep roots through
which the County was built. With over half of the County's land qualifying as Agricultural area,
agriculture remains an important economic driver and employment source within the County.
Small niche farms continue to buoy economic development through the development of culinary
products such as cheese, flowers and fermented foods. Most of the farms are locally owned
and it is local ownership and grass roots economic development that will sustain and propel the
County's economy.
The County's ability to sustain sufficient grape production to support a growing VQA certified
regional wine industry is unique and hard to come by within the Province. The presence of
viticulture and agri-tourism poses a vital contribution to the creative rural economy of the
County. The County is also seeing more craft breweries and distilleries that add to the vigour of
the agri-tourism industry. This rural economy provides linkages between the County's cultural
and agricultural assets to be leveraged for growth, such as museums, special event venues,
galleries, artist studios, and more.
The intent of this Plan is to ensure the Municipality's local economy will provide meaningful
employment opportunities for residents, and place emphasis on protecting and enhancing
agriculture and tourism's role in the County's economy while also diversifying the local economy
by encouraging the growth of knowledge-based businesses, technology-based businesses, and
multi-sector entrepreneurship.
3.2.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan with respect to economic development are to:
Objective 1
Protect the high quality of place experience in the County as a driver
of economic development.
Objective 2
Build on the significant contribution agriculture makes to the County's
economy and create circumstances where agriculture can thrive.
Page 39
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
Objective 3
Strengthen and leverage cultural, heritage and agricultural assets to
attract visitors and business investment in all aspects of the agri-
tourism industry and the creative rural economy.
Objective 4
Continue to enhance tourism's role in providing employment
opportunities within the County's economy.
Objective 5
Encourage and promote new commercial development and cultural
attractions along Main Streets in Settlement Areas to enhance the
quality of place, vibrancy, and aesthetic appeal of the County.
Objective 6
Encourage the growth of small and medium sized commercial and
industrial businesses, which comprise the majority of employers in
the County.
3.2.3 Economic Development Policies
Agricultural Assets
1)
Agriculture has long been the principal land use within the County and is an integral part
of protecting the County's quality of place acting as a social, environmental, and
economic driver. The County supports economic development initiatives in the
agricultural sector to attract new farmers, and to keep as many farms in business as long
as possible. These initiatives include:
a) Promotion and encouragement of associated food processing and value-added
technology facilities integrated on farm properties, or elsewhere within the
County;
b) Support for growth in the manufacturing/distribution sectors to provide farmers
with a greater opportunity to diversify their operations' sources of income;
c) Crop diversification including new high value crops or products, reforestation
and innovative agricultural ventures brought about by research and
development efforts;
d) Innovative marketing techniques such as the Quinte Isle food product origin
identification program and promotion official agricultural products;
e) The County and the farming community are encouraged to use best practices
to avoid and or mitigate agricultural/environmental impacts such as soil erosion.
An example of a best management practice would include, but not limited to,
tree-line/fence bottom protection and revitalization, the practices of no-till
planting, cover crop plantings after harvesting marketable crops and the
elimination of plowing which leaves the soil unprotected over winter;
f) Formation of innovative organizational techniques (e.g. County cooperatives)
to implement and oversee new initiatives;
Page 40
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
g) Encouragement of economic development activities on-site that are intended to
capture an increased share of tourism expenditures through developments that
contribute to farm incomes, and do not conflict with agricultural operations or
with applicable Provincial safety and health legislation;
h) Encouragement of gleaning and food waste recovery programs between food
producers and food security groups, and not-for-profit food vendors (e.g. food
banks, community kitchens);
i) Support community education and outreach programs that highlight the
importance of agricultural food skills and support urban agricultural initiatives;
and
j) Promote the provision of agricultural career opportunities within the County to
young professionals and new agricultural related business owners as they
become available to sustain growth within the agriculture sector.
2)
To support growth in the agricultural sector, the County will consider the development of
affordable housing for temporary workers, such as seasonal workers employed in the
County's agriculture or tourism sector, in keeping with the Agricultural areas and Rural
Lands policies of this Plan.
Tourism
3)
The County shall recognize and promote recreation-based tourism opportunities in the
following areas shown on Schedules 'F-1 and F-2': Recreation & Tourism;
a) Potential Tourist Resort Areas;
b) Tourism Corridors;
c) Trails, which will be developed and/or maintained for hiking, cycling, and cross-
country skiing; and
d) `Provincial Parks and local Conservation Areas, including Sandbanks Provincial
Park, which is one of the most popular parks for camping in Ontario.
4)
Tourism opportunities shall be further emphasized and encouraged by:
a) Improved public access to the County's 800 kilometres of shoreline;
b) Improved boat launch and marina facilities as well as the development of new
facilities; and
c) Promoting and supporting year-round tourism related ventures such as ice
fishing, snow shoeing, cross country skiing, dog sledding, nature walk,
snowmobiling, etc. by ensuring facilities have required parking and
accommodation.
Page 41
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
5)
Tourism opportunities shall also be encouraged, supported and permitted in other land
use designations as long as they satisfy the intent of the designation
6)
The beautification of Carrying Place and Rossmore, through quality design and
development, will be promoted to support their roles as the "Gateways to the County".
7)
Developing new or expanding linkages between the County's cultural and agricultural
assets, such as museums, special event venues, galleries, artist studios, vineyards, and
agri-tourism related businesses will be encouraged and promoted in support of their
potential for economic growth within the Municipality.
Short Term Accommodation (STA)
8)
Short-Term Accommodations (STA) are addressed by this Plan in order to maintain and
protect the character of residential neighbourhoods and to ensure good long-term
occupancy housing availability, in conjunction with housing policies in Section 3.3 of this
Plan, while responding to the needs for Short-Term occupancy roofed accommodations
of the travelling public. In so doing, the following policies apply:
a) The forms of Short-Term Accommodations (STAs) recognized by this Plan are
bed and breakfast establishments (B&Bs), owner-occupied partial dwelling or
dwelling unit rentals (i.e. a principal residence), entire-dwelling or dwelling unit
rentals (i.e. not a principal residence), and on-farm tourist homes.
b) Municipality's goals and objectives related to Short-Term Accommodations
(STAs) are as follows:
i.
STAs shall generally respect and be compatible with the residential
character, amenity, and quality of residential neighbourhoods. This will
be achieved through establishing densities of STAs, mitigation
measures to adjacent residential properties, and regulations regarding
orderly STA management;
ii.
Private roads used to access lots with an STA shall generally be of
sound construction and conform to the County's By-law 3121-2012 (and
any proceeding amendments of such by-law therein);
iii.
Guests shall be provided with accommodations conforming to health
and life safety standards of high quality and provide a positive visitor
experience;
iv.
Facilities will be operated and maintained in acceptable conditions as
detailed in the County's Property Standards and Licensing By-laws;
v.
Operators of STAs shall acknowledge their responsibilities in complying
with the County's by-laws and licensing provisions.
Page 42
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
c) STAs are generally directed to locate in Settlement Areas of the Urban
Centre, Village, Hamlet or in the Shore Land designations. STAs are generally
permitted in existing dwelling units located in the commercial zones.
d) Where located in the Rural Lands or Agricultural areas designations, STAs are
permitted on:
i.
Lots existing as of October 9, 2018 or earlier and zoned the Rural
Residential (RR) Zone;
ii.
Bona fide operating farms as an exception in support of on-farm
diversified uses.
e) Subject to density requirements of the zoning or licensing by-law, STAs shall
not contain more than four (4) guest rooms ("guest rooms" is defined in the
Comprehensive Zoning By-law). STAs with five or more guest rooms may be
permitted in designated Settlement Areas or in the Shore Land designation
without amendment to this Plan but requiring a site-specific zoning by-law
amendment.
f) A second dwelling or dwelling unit on a lot will generally be discouraged for
use as an STA, except where there exists a dwelling used as a principal
residence.
g) STAs shall generally be encouraged to locate in proximity to established
commercial areas, tourist areas or local attractions.
h) The County may, on an area-specific or case-by-case basis, prohibit STAs in
areas that are not considered to be consistent with this Plan.
i) The County shall establish, through the Comprehensive Zoning By-law or a
municipal licensing framework, appropriate provisions related to the nature,
scale, and density of STAs appropriate and compatible with surrounding land
uses, such as:
i.
Occupancy loads;
ii.
On-site parking requirements;
iii.
On-site signage;
iv.
Landscaping, screening and buffering;
v.
An STA Code of Conduct;
vi.
Appropriate on-site amenity area;
Page 43
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
vii.
The requirement to have water and waste water services capable of
handling the demand of the STA;
viii.
Operational fire and safety plans;
ix.
Parking management plan; and,
x.
On-site waste management plan.
j) Consideration may be given by the Municipality to revenue sources,
accommodation taxes or fee structures, intended to mitigate municipal
operational and capital impacts from the STA industry and upon local
infrastructure and the supply of housing.
Main Streets
9)
Development along Main Streets shall be consistent with the downtown revitalization
studies that have been completed for the larger Settlement Areas.
10)
The importance of the County's Main Streets will be reinforced by focusing cultural and
commercial special events, such as music performances and festivals, in these
locations.
11)
To improve the quality of place, walkability, vibrancy and aesthetic appeal of the various
Settlement Areas, the County may provide flexibility in land uses within the zoning by-
law, support for increased density, storefront improvements, public art installations,
and/or the use of underutilized storefronts and buildings by artists and artisans.
12)
County understands the need for focusing attention on the quality of place for all
residents and the aesthetic appeal of a vibrant, commercial area along the County's Main
Streets. The County will encourage and support incentives that contribute to increasing
density in the Downtown area and supporting changing businesses and storefront
improvements that sustain the charm of the County's Main Streets.
Small Businesses
13)
To meet the needs of small-sized businesses (particularly those with 10 or fewer
employees) the Municipality will promote the development of small and medium format
commercial uses, multi-tenanted commercial facilities, and flexible use space options.
14)
If municipal properties are deemed surplus or if they are underutilized, the County may
appropriately zone the land for their potential to be re-purposed. An example would be
lands zoned to permit a multi-tenanted facility with shared workspaces which could serve
as incubators for new business.
15)
To attract young professionals, the Municipality will promote apprenticeship, co-op and
internship programs in partnership with neighbouring post-secondary educational
Page 44
Official Plan
3.2 Economic Prosperity
institutions, industry organizations and technology-based firms and start-ups in Prince
Edward County.
16)
To better attract and retain new workers, particularly young professionals, the
Municipality will promote the development of affordable housing in the Urban Centres.
17)
To further foster the growth of the economy, the County will work with
telecommunications providers to enhance access to broadband/high-speed internet in
both the urban and rural areas.
Community Investment Readiness
18)
Ensure there are sufficient designated and zoned employment lands to meet the
projected needs of the County's target industries.
19)
The County may develop and regularly update a municipal inventory of employment
lands (industrial and commercial) to facilitate time sensitive responses to potential
investors on the availability of suitable sites.
20)
The County will continue to promote and protect its aggregate industry to ensure a supply
of readily available material for the local market with the possibility of expanding into the
regional market.
Page 45
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
3.3 Livable Community
3.3.1 Intent
A livable community is one that has been thoughtfully and sustainably designed, providing
attainable and affordable housing while realizing its connection to public art and architecture
within the public realm. This connection highlights and protects the unique and established
cultural heritage resources. A livable community celebrates and promotes diversity, compact built
form and green design while ensuring health, viability, and support through the careful planning
of community uses and services.
As the County grows, it is important to protect and enhance those qualities that attracted people
to come to the County in the first place. Future growth will build on established communities and
landscapes in a compatible way. Cultural heritage resources are all those elements, both tangible
and intangible, that combine to define the unique identity of the County − its built heritage
resources, cultural heritage landscapes, archaeological resources and movable collections of
historic artifacts. Cultural heritage resources also embrace the more intangible matter of the
County's identity - the symbols, characteristics and stories that define its overall character.
Housing is vital to the creation of healthy, sustainable, and complete communities. Residents of
all ages, income levels and physical abilities rely on a range and mix of housing types to offer a
meaningful place to grow and a safe and secure place to live. An appropriate range of housing
choices contributes to the overall health and well-being of communities.
By creating a multitude of housing opportunities, the supply of housing available within the County
can more effectively respond to local housing needs and changes in demand particularly as the
existing population ages. As new seniors are drawn to the County, the County strives to attract
young families and professionals. Policies of this Plan have been informed by the Affordable
Housing Implementation Study (2015) and are aimed at creating inclusive and diverse
communities through the provision of an appropriate range of housing choices.
By incorporating green building design and green infrastructure investments in new development,
the community can contribute locally to addressing the global issue of climate change while
creating a healthier, more desirable and sustainable place to live. Green design can address the
following environmental considerations: air quality; stormwater management; water use and
quality; energy efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions; local food production; mobility and
active transportation; waste management; and maintain and enhance the integrity of the Natural
Heritage System.
Prince Edward County is home to a vibrant, dynamic arts and culture community which is
essential to the growth, prosperity and vibrancy of the County. Arts and Culture adds to the
uniqueness of the County and provides significant and vital contributions, both directly and
indirectly, to economic development, quality of place, community sustainability and tourism.
Page 46
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
Community uses will be community-based, accessible and affordable. Not-for-profit facilities and
services can also benefit the community by providing places to learn, play, and experience the
County's history and culture, as well as providing access vital health and social services. These
uses are integral to creating complete and inclusive communities where a diversity of people
wants to live, and can thrive.
In developing an appropriate approach to creating a connected and thriving livable community,
the Municipality must reflect on the unique characteristics and needs of the local community,
including the geographic distribution of residents in Settlement Areas and throughout the
Countryside, an aging population, a propensity for volunteerism and philanthropy, and limited
municipal finances and jurisdiction.
3.3.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan relate to all elements contributing to a livable community, including:
Housing
Objective 1
Promote the development and sustainability of an appropriate and
adequate mix of housing by fostering a range of types, tenure and
affordability which can accommodate the broad needs of residents
over time, regardless of age, income level, ability or household type.
Objective 2
Facilitate the development of housing that is affordable for low- and
moderate-income households while maintaining an appropriate supply
of land in the County to accommodate residential growth.
Objective 3
Encourage and promote housing for seniors, including housing with
support facilities that enable seniors to age in place.
Objective 4
Recognize the importance of social housing, supportive housing
and special needs housing in meeting the needs of vulnerable
residents of the County.
Objective 5
To ensure good long-term occupancy housing availability while
responding to the needs for short term occupancy roofed
accommodations of the travelling public and migrant workers.
Objective 6
Work with the private sector, the not-for-profit sector, and all levels of
government, community agencies and other stakeholders in the
implementation of the County's housing policies.
Cultural Heritage
Objective 7
Recognize, conserve, enhance and promote significant cultural
heritage resources and sites including:
Page 47
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
i.
Built heritage resources of all types, including landmarks,
barns and cultural heritage landscapes (designated under
Part IV of the Ontario Heritage Act);
ii.
Heritage Conservation Districts (designated under Part V of
the Ontario Heritage Act);
iii.
Properties designated under Part IV of the Ontario Heritage
Act;
iv.
Archaeological resources (known and potential);
v.
Historic streetscapes;
vi.
Heritage roads;
vii.
Museums and archives;
viii.
Viewscapes; and
ix.
Other cultural heritage resources as may be identified.
Objective 8
Encourage growth patterns which promote the conservation of cultural
heritage resources and integrate built heritage resources into
development proposals, wherever appropriate.
Objective 9
Maintain and enhance the heritage character of the built environment
in a way that contributes to the high quality of place experience that is
so integral to local economic development.
Objective 10
Convey the importance of the County's cultural heritage and its
associated cultural heritage resources to the general public through
opportunities for artifact collection and management, in collaboration
with the County Museum.
Arts and Culture
Objective 11
Recognize and support the contribution that Arts and Culture and
associated artists, organizations, festivals, events, industries and
businesses make to the County's economy year-round.
Objective 12
Recognize and enhance the role that arts and culture play in
strengthening community pride and social activity.
Objective 13
Collaborate with, recognize and support the County's
museums, heritage and cultural centres, archives and libraries as
repositories for the County's cultural records.
Objective 14
Include and incorporate traditionally underserved groups and
Indigenous culture and art in support of the existing partnership
between the Municipality and Indigenous groups to showcase
Indigenous perspectives within the arts and culture community - past,
present, and future.
Page 48
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
Community Facilities and Services
Objective 15
Ensure that all residents, regardless of age, physical ability, and
financial means, have access to facilities and services to support active
living, social inclusion and quality of life.
Objective 16
Protect existing community focal points as demand for community
services and facilities, particularly schools, changes.
Objective 17
Encourage community facilities and services to be located within
Community Hubs as close to as many County Residents as possible.
Community facilities are typically located in Settlement Areas with
municipal services as they are part of the effort to support vitality in the
Urban Centres, and applicable Village designations.
Objective 18
Coordinate with not-for-profit and other government agencies as well
as the non-profit and private sector on planning matters and innovative
service delivery methods, related to community facilities and services.
County Design
Objective 19
Recognize the important role of design in achieving a consistent Vision
for the County by providing guidance for the design of physical
elements that comprise a community, including buildings, public
spaces, landscapes, and natural heritage features and systems.
Objective 20
Promote and provide leadership in sustainable forms of development,
green building technologies and green infrastructure investment to:
i.
Conserve and protect the quality of water resources - surface
water, wetlands, recharge areas;
ii.
Achieve greater energy efficiency and reduce greenhouse gas
emissions;
iii.
Improve access to local foods;
iv.
Support walking, cycling, and public transportation;
v.
Reduce and better manage waste; and
vi.
Protect the Natural Heritage System, including habitats that
support biodiversity.
3.3.3 Housing Policies
1)
The County shall promote greater housing diversity by requiring a mix of housing types,
sizes and densities and encouraging a mixture of tenures and affordability which will
accommodate changes in community needs over time. The County shall promote
opportunities for increased housing densities and intensification for residential
development within the identified Settlement Areas.
Page 49
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
2)
The County shall work with the Prince Edward County Sub-Local Health Integration
Network and Prince Edward Lennox and Addington Social Services to ensure an
adequate supply of appropriately scaled accessible housing forms, including: assisted
living; special needs housing; nursing homes and other forms of housing for seniors; and
innovative housing models such as co-housing.
3)
Appropriately scaled accessible housing forms shall be integrated within the identified
Urban Settlement Areas where community services and amenities are easily accessible
to ensure people with special needs have the best opportunity to care for themselves as
much as possible in a non-institutional setting. Special needs and emergency housing
shall be permitted in any designation that permits residential uses.
4)
This Plan establishes a County-wide target for the provision of affordable housing at 25
percent of all new housing units. Further, this Plan anticipates that the target for
affordable housing will be met primarily within the Urban Centres of Picton, Wellington
and Rossmore, as set out within their individual Secondary Plan policies that require a
minimum of 33 percent of all new housing be affordable.
5)
This Plan does not establish a specific target for affordable housing for new
development within designated Villages, Hamlets, Rural Lands, Agricultural areas and
Shore Lands. In these designations, affordable housing will be encouraged, and is
expected to be primarily in the form of second units and garden suites.
6)
It is expected that residential intensification will play a limited role in accommodating the
short-term growth projections for the County based on the slow rate of growth, and the
adequate supply of greenfield development opportunities that remain available within
the defined Settlement Areas. As such, this Plan establishes a County-wide target of
accommodating 10 percent of its projected growth through residential intensification
within the identified Settlement Areas, and with a clear focus on the Urban Centres of
Picton, Wellington and Rossmore.
7)
Second units in housing within Settlement Areas shall be permitted and encouraged
within existing single-detached, semi-detached, townhouse dwellings and detached
accessory buildings. In non-Settlement Areas, second units shall be permitted in single-
detached homes or in detached accessory structures. Garden suites shall be permitted
and encouraged on residential lots containing single-detached dwellings throughout the
County.
8)
Second units and garden suites are permitted, where adequate infrastructure is
available.
9)
A residential lot may contain both a Second Unit within the residential dwelling unit and
a Second Unit within an accessory structure.
Page 50
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
10)
The County shall maintain the ability to accommodate future residential growth for a
minimum of 15 years through residential intensification and the development of land
designated and available for all forms of residential development, particularly within
the Urban Centres of Picton, Wellington and Rossmore, where Secondary Plans have
been approved.
11)
The County shall maintain reserve sewage system capacity within municipal sewage
services and municipal water services to provide a minimum three-year supply of
residential units in draft approved and registered plans, or in cases of residential
intensification, land appropriately zoned and available for development. As such, the
County shall monitor its available land supply and infrastructure capacity to ensure
its ability to enable the timely delivery of housing that meets community needs.
12)
The County shall support the conversion of seasonal dwellings to permanent houses,
subject to meeting the following criteria:
a) The seasonal dwelling is accommodated on a site that has frontage on an
improved Public Road;
b) The sewage treatment and water supply systems/facilities are adequate to
sustain the year-round occupation of the seasonal dwelling;
c) The seasonal dwelling and its associated site meet all of the requirements of
this Plan;
d) The property is not located within a Constraint Area as designated on Schedule
'C': Constraint Areas of this Plan; and
e) The seasonal dwelling meets all of the requirements of the Ontario Building
Code and zoning by-law.
13)
The County may prepare a comprehensive strategy that will assist seniors and residents
with disabilities to reside in their homes for as long as possible.
14)
Affordable housing shall be supplied in a variety of housing types (bachelor apartment
units, one-bedroom apartment units, townhouses, single detached, etc.), provide for a
range of family sizes and be encouraged to be represented in all neighbourhoods within
Settlement Areas.
15)
The following planning strategies may be considered by the County in an effort
to achieve affordable and accessible housing objectives:
a) Promote higher density housing forms within Settlement Areas as well as
support alternative residential development standards to facilitate affordable
and accessible housing within a more compact built form;
Page 51
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
b) Ensure that the provisions of the Zoning By-Law are sufficiently flexible to permit
a range of innovative housing types and sizes, including second units,
accessory dwelling units, garden suites, cohousing, communal housing and life-
lease housing; and
c) Encourage mixed use development including the renovation and rehabilitation
of residential uses above commercial uses in Urban Centres and Villages.
16)
The following strategies shall be considered by the County in an effort to incentivize
affordable or accessible housing:
a) Consider affordable or accessible housing as priority uses for surplus County-
owned land and work with other levels of government to make surplus land
available to providers of affordable or accessible housing development at little
or no cost;
b) Consider targeted relief from development, planning, permit, and other fees
normally charged for projects that provide permanent affordable or accessible
housing;
c) Apply for government grants and/or subsidies, including land dedication, that
will reduce overall development costs;
d) Inform the community of government grants available to encourage the creation
of second units, converted units, and accessory units;
e) The conversion or demolition of more than 4 rental units in a proposed
development shall only be considered if the annual CMHC vacancy rate is 3
percent or higher, or there is a comprehensive replacement plan. Within
the Urban Centres, the applicant for conversion must also meet conversion
obligations as defined in the approved Secondary Plan; and
f) Consider reducing parking requirements for projects that provide affordable or
accessible housing.
17)
The County shall work with the Province, Prince Edward Lennox and Addington Social
Services, post-secondary institution(s), and/or community stakeholder groups such as
the Affordable Housing Working Group, to develop a reliable data source for monitoring
rental housing in the regional market.
18)
In order to track the County's housing stock, the County will, to the best of its ability,
monitor, evaluate and report on changes within the housing market as well as the
County's progress in achieving its housing objectives through implemented housing
policies including:
a) The inventory of vacant lands and lands with the potential for development;
b) The affordable housing targets identified within this Plan and in the approved
Secondary Plans.
Page 52
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
c) The supply of residentially-designated lands;
d) Residential construction activity, including the tenure and type of housing
(single detached, semi-detached, townhouse, secondary units, garden
suites and multi-unit forms) being developed; and
e) Available servicing capacity for residential development to ensure that the
housing targets of this Plan can be achieved.
19)
The County shall review infrastructure programs so that any constraint on the supply of
serviced residential land can be identified and overcome.
3.3.4 Cultural Heritage Policies
1)
The County shall identify cultural heritage resources while ensuring their conservation,
restoration, maintenance and enhancement as part of the community's ongoing
evolution.
2)
All new development permitted by the land use policies and designations of this Plan
shall:
a) Conserve
and
incorporate cultural
heritage resources
into
any
new
development plans through such mechanisms as adaptive reuse; and
b) Be planned in a manner that conserves and enhances the context in which
cultural heritage resources are situated.
3)
Pursuant to the Ontario Heritage Act, the County may designate properties including,
but not limited to, built heritage resources, heritage conservation districts, cultural
heritage landscapes, archaeological resources and other heritage elements. The County
shall encourage partnerships with land trusts and private sector partners to promote the
appropriate conservation of these cultural heritage resources. The County shall consider
the interest of Indigenous communities in conserving cultural heritage resources and
consult with local Indigenous groups early in the application process whenever
development is proposed that may have an effect on Indigenous interests.
4)
No owner of protected heritage property shall alter, through development or site
alteration, the same if the development or alteration will affect the property's heritage
attributes, unless the owner applies to the County for a Heritage Permit and receives
consent in writing for the proposed development or alteration(s). If the municipality,
through the advice of the Prince Edward County Heritage Advisory Committee (PEHAC),
determines a definition for 'minor', then the municipality may permit alterations to a
protected heritage property that are minor in nature without the need for a Heritage
Permit.
Page 53
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
5)
It is the intent of the County to conserve and enhance designated cultural heritage
resources in situ, wherever possible. The proposed relocation, removal or demolition of
the heritage attributes assigned to a designated heritage property, and the development
or site alteration on a designated property shall be subject to the provisions of
the Ontario Heritage Act
6)
The County may consult with the Prince Edward County Heritage Advisory Committee
(PEHAC) to advise and assist on any matters of heritage conservation, and shall consult
with PEHAC on the evaluation of development applications involving a Designated
property or properties on the Heritage Register.
7)
The inventory, evaluation and conservation of cultural heritage resources of all types
shall conform to the applicable standards and guidelines available in the Parks Canada
Standards and Guidelines for the Conservation of Historic Places in Canada, the Ontario
Heritage Tool Kit, and the Ministry of Heritage, Sport, Tourism and Culture Industries' 8
Guiding Principles in the Conservation of Built Heritage Properties.
8)
Individual properties may be considered for designation, in consultation with the Heritage
Advisory Committee, pursuant to the provisions of the Ontario Heritage Act if it exhibits
one or more of the following:
a) The property has design value or physical value because it:
-
is a rare, unique, representative or early example of a style, type,
expression, material or construction method,
-
displays a high degree of craftsmanship or artistic merit, or
-
demonstrates a high degree of technical or scientific achievement.
b) The property has historical value or associative value because it:
-
has direct associations with a theme, event, belief, person, activity,
organization or institution that is significant to a community,
-
yields, or has the potential to yield, information that contributes to an
understanding of a community or culture, or
-
demonstrates or reflects the work or ideas of an architect, artist, builder,
designer or theorist who is significant to a community.
c) The property has contextual value because it:
-
is important in defining, maintaining or supporting the character of an
area,
-
is physically, functionally, visually or historically linked to its surroundings,
or
-
is a landmark.
9)
As part of its effort to manage and protect the County's cultural heritage resources, the
County shall maintain a municipal heritage register of properties identified as being of
Page 54
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
cultural heritage value or interest (listed properties) and designated properties under the
Ontario Heritage Act in the office of the County Clerk.
10)
In consultation with PEHAC and the local community, the County may designate one or
more areas of the municipality as a Heritage Conservation District, in accordance with
Part V of the Ontario Heritage Act.
11)
Prior to designation of a Heritage Conservation District(s), Council will:
a) pass a by-law defining an area or areas to be examined for future designation
as a heritage conservation district(s); and
b) prepare a study for the area or areas to determine the feasibility of designation,
the delineation of the district boundaries, an evaluation of the area's heritage
character and guidelines for future conservation and planning.
12)
Cultural Heritage Landscapes, as defined in the Provincial Policy Statement, 2020
(PPS) may be designated using the same criteria as is used for Heritage Conservation
Districts, as found in the Ontario Heritage Tool Kit. Definitions of heritage character and
of property boundary can be determined using these criteria.
13)
Heritage Roads that have a distinctive character may be given special consideration by
the County, and may be designated as Cultural Heritage Landscapes under Part IV of
the Heritage Act. On lands adjacent to a Heritage Road that is designated as a Cultural
Heritage Landscape, all development, road allowance changes or Class Environment
Assessments associated with proposed road improvements shall be reviewed by the
County, giving a high priority to the appropriate conservation of the scenic, natural and
cultural amenities in proximity.
14)
Applications for development and/or site alteration of a designated heritage property,
having known cultural heritage attributes, or development adjacent to a designated
property, will require the preparation of a Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) to
demonstrate how the heritage attributes and integrity of the designated heritage property
are to be conserved and how any impacts may be mitigated. This HIA shall be prepared
to the satisfaction of the County, and other appropriate authorities having jurisdiction.
15)
In addition to the municipal heritage register, the locations of Built Cultural heritage
resources have in the past been inventoried in the Historical Architectural Survey of
Prince Edward County (HASPE) and the publication The Settler's Dream. To build on
this inventory the County, in partnership with the PEHAC and other community partners,
may undertake additional heritage planning activities, including but not limited to,
inventories of cultural heritage landscapes, cemeteries, historic sites, and landmarks.
The County may also establish an inventory of threatened historic properties, including
buildings that are considered in poor repair or threatened by "demolition by neglect".
Page 55
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
16)
To establish a framework for heritage planning, the County may, in partnership with the
PEHAC and other community partners, prepare a Cultural Heritage Management Plan.
Related functions include policies and practices for cultural heritage resource
management, interpretation and integration with municipal economic and tourism
strategies and plans.
The Cultural Heritage Management Plan may also include:
a) Comprehensive cultural heritage resource mapping, archeological potential
mapping, and inventories;
b) Identification and evaluation of cultural heritage resources, cultural facilities,
and organizations;
c) Strategies for conserving and enhancing these identified resources;
d) Programs to foster implementation and promotion; and
e) Education and public participation in cultural heritage conservation.
17)
For municipally-owned, designated cultural heritage resources of all types, the
Municipality shall:
a) Ensure the appropriate conservation of the identified heritage attributes
b) Promote their adaptive re-use; and
c) Prepare Heritage Impact Assessments or Heritage Management Plans, where
necessary.
18)
The County shall standardize and streamline the heritage property/building alteration
permit process, and may consider a delegated staff approval authority via a qualified
staff member for designated properties and/or buildings.
19)
The County shall respect the integrity of archaeological remains in situ and require
sufficient investigation and mitigation to ensure their conservation. The County, using
the Provincial Checklist/Criteria for determining Areas of Archaeological Potential as a
guide, shall determine the potential for impacts to archaeological resources from any
proposed
development. Upon
receiving
information
that
lands
proposed
for development may include archaeological resources or constitute an area of
archaeological potential, the County will not approve the development until it has been
demonstrated that archaeological resources have been conserved.
20)
Any proponent of development on lands that may include archaeological resources or
constitute an area of archaeological potential shall retain a licensed archaeologist to
carry out an Archaeological Assessment of the subject property prior to any
demolition, grading or other soil disturbance. The Archaeological Assessment shall be
carried out by qualified archaeological professionals and shall, at a minimum:
Page 56
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
a) Assess the property;
b) Assess the impact of the proposed development or site disturbance;
c) Indicate methods to mitigate any negative impact of the
proposed development or site disturbance on any archaeological resources,
including methods of recovery and conservation; and
d) Comply with current Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport standards and
guidelines for consulting archaeologists. All compliance letters are to be
forwarded to the County.
21)
For land based archaeological areas an Archaeological Assessment shall be prepared
prior to submission of an application for plan of subdivision, site plan or plan of
condominium and may be required for Official Plan, Secondary Plan, Zoning By-law
Amendment and/or Consent applications.
22)
If an area is considered to be an area of marine archaeological potential, particularly
along shorelines and waterfronts, and if the lands are to be disturbed, or considered
for development, the County shall require the proponent to carry out a Marine
Archaeological Assessment by a licensed marine archaeologist.
23)
The County may permit development and site alteration on lands containing
archaeological resources or Areas of Archaeological Potential if the significant
archaeological resources have been conserved by removal and documentation, or by
conservation in situ, in accordance with the recommendations of an accepted into the
Ontario
Public
Register
of
Archaeological
Assessments.
Where
significant
archaeological resources must be preserved in situ, only development and site
alteration that maintains the heritage integrity of the area may be permitted.
24)
Where burial sites are encountered during any excavation or other action, the provisions
of the Funeral, Burial, and Cremation Services Act and its regulations will apply. The
Ministry of Government and Consumer Services (MGCS) administers the Funeral, Burial
and Cremation Services Act and is responsible for burial sites (including early European
and Indigenous Peoples' burial sites), war graves, cemetery closures and abandoned
cemeteries. The discovery of any previously unknown burials of human remains shall be
reported to the police or the coroner. Once foul play is ruled out, the Register of Burials
at MGCS will order a site investigation to be carried out by an archaeologist. Based on
the resulting report, the Registrar shall determine the most appropriate representatives
of the deceased to consult and next steps for the disposition of the site and remains.
Should any archaeological investigations lead to the disinterment of remains that are
found to be of Indigenous descent, immediate contact and consultation must occur with
the Mohawks of the Bay of Quinte (MBQ) to determine the most appropriate course of
action in alignment with the MBQ's traditional processes and protocols regarding the
repatriation or re-interment of remains.
Page 57
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
25)
Where aboriginal archaeological resources are found, or where it is determined that
proposed development or site alteration may negatively impact aboriginal interests then
consultation will occur with the appropriate First Nation and Métis groups.
26)
A contingency plan will be prepared, and updated regularly with the advice of a licensed
archaeologist, the Ministry of Heritage, Sport, Tourism and Culture Industries, and in
consultation with the appropriate First Nation and Métis groups, and adopted by By-Law
by the County, for emergency situations to protect archaeological resources that are
accidentally discovered or are under imminent threat(s).
27)
It is the policy of the County to keep confidential the existence and location of
archaeological areas to protect against vandalism, disturbance, and the inappropriate
removal of resources.
3.3.5 Arts and Culture Policies
1)
The County shall recognize the tremendous contribution that arts and culture make to
the County's quality of life and local economy by promoting and supporting local artists,
arts and cultural organizations, and by maintaining and developing culturally-related
community facilities such as museums, heritage and cultural centres, archives and
libraries.
2)
The County will work with public and private partners to enhance Prince Edward
County's role as a centre for arts and culture.
3)
To enrich the lives of residents and to attract visitors, the County will support the
development of arts, heritage and cultural programs, cultural businesses and industries,
festivals, workshops, events, arts trails, organizations and associations throughout the
County.
4)
Where appropriate, the County will provide space within existing community-owned
buildings to meet the needs of the arts, culture and recreation community, and will
support the development of new facilities for developing and showcasing arts, culture
and recreation.
5)
The County shall recognize municipally-owned museums as the official repository for
County collections.
6)
The County shall recognize the Prince Edward County Archives as the official repository
for historical print information and documents pertaining to the history and collective
memory of the County.
7)
The County shall recognize the important connection with the Mohawks of the Bay
of Quinte (MBQ) Kanhiote Library and their research and archives.
Page 58
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
8)
To support the development and promotion of arts, culture and local heritage, the County
may, in partnership with community organizations, undertake cultural planning activities
such as cultural resource mapping to lay the groundwork for a Cultural Plan and/or
Cultural Heritage Master Plan.
3.3.6 Social and Community Facilities and Services Policies
1)
The County shall encourage and facilitate wherever there is demand for
the development, maintenance, and expansion of community facilities and services for
the purpose of meeting the social, health, recreational, cultural and educational needs
of residents regardless of age, physical ability and financial means.
2)
Community uses, whether provided by a government, through purchase of services from
private business or not-for-profit organization, include:
a) Cultural and community facilities, such as libraries, community centres,
community gardens, museums, exhibition buildings, theatres and galleries;
b) Recreational facilities, such as, parks, recreation or fitness centres,
recreational walkways, paths and trails, piers, docks, boat launches
and marinas;
c) Educational facilities and services, such as primary schools, secondary
schools, post-secondary education institutions and trade schools; and
d) Health and social facilities and services, such as hospitals and other
medical centres, employment centres and income support services,
rehabilitation centres, other counseling services, long-term care facilities, day
care, home care, servicing programing, special needs housing, social
housing and emergency housing.
3)
Community uses shall be permitted in the Urban Centres, Villages, Hamlets, Shore
Lands and Rural Lands designations of Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations. The
County shall be satisfied that the facility or use is compatible with adjacent uses, is
appropriate in scale and function and can be adequately serviced.
4)
Where appropriate, the County shall support the use of heritage properties for
community uses, such as tourism bureaus, art display spaces and/or civic office space.
5)
The priority for developing new community uses shall be on achieving am equitable
distribution of services and facilities throughout the County, and specifically, addressing
the needs of underserved Settlement Areas and vulnerable populations.
6)
Major community facilities and services that are intended to be accessed by residents
from across the County shall be focused in Wellington and Picton. Existing facilities
located in these Urban Centres will be maintained to support the continued significance
Page 59
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
of these Settlement Areas as major destinations where services and amenities are co-
located in a convenient manner.
7)
The County may encourage not-for-profit organizations, community-based agencies
and organizations to deliver community facilities and services that meet the needs
of local residents. The County may also develop grant and planning fee rebate programs
under the County-wide Community Improvement Plan.
8)
To support creative and flexible approaches to the development of facilities and delivery
of services, the County may participate in the co-design and co-delivery of services
with not-for-profit and government agencies.
9)
Prior to disposing a publicly owned community facility that is located within a Settlement
Area, the County may explore whether there are any viable opportunities for an
alternative public or private use for the site that would retain a community function, in
terms of providing a gathering place where local residents access amenities, services,
and have opportunities to interact with one another.
10)
In recognition of the important role schools play in bringing together communities, the
County shall actively promote the retention of schools in consultation with the
School Boards.
11)
The County shall continue to cooperate and coordinate with its many partners in
delivering community facilities and services. The County shall also leverage these
relationships in the development and delivery of a Parks Master Plan.
12)
To effectively plan for the development, maintenance and where necessary, divestment
of community facilities, the County will prepare a Community Facilities and Services
Master Plan. The Master Plan will address the distribution of parks, community
gardens, boat launches, community centres, libraries and other community facilities,
with the objective of minimizing travel distance for residents, and providing facilities in
an equitable and sustainable manner. The Master Plan will identify and prioritize
servicing gaps that can be addressed by the County, or other providers.
13)
The Community Facilities and Services Master Plan will consider opportunities to co-
locate and/or integrate social housing, special needs housing and emergency housing
with community facilities.
14)
In recognition of the role food plays in community well-being, the County may also
consider establishing a Food Policy Council that promotes access to healthy, affordable
and culturally acceptable food that supports local environmental and economic
sustainability. If established, the key tasks of the Food Policy Council will be to:
a) Develop a long-term Food Systems Strategy that addresses all aspects of a
sustainable food system;
Page 60
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
b) Work with the County to develop regulations for agricultural uses in
the Settlement Areas; and
c) Deliver community education and outreach programs that highlight the
importance of agricultural food skills and food system development.
3.3.7 Design Policies
1)
Development patterns and the detailed design of the public and private realm throughout
the County shall contribute positively towards the quality of place experience that has
attracted residents, visitors and businesses to Prince Edward County, to ensure the
County remains an attractive place to live, work and play in the decades to come.
2)
Development patterns and the detailed design of the public and private realm throughout
the County will support the creation of healthy, complete and accessible communities
for people of all ages. This includes providing safe pedestrian and cycling facilities, and
convenient access to fresh food, other goods, services and amenities in proximity to
where people live and work.
3)
The principle of compatible development will be applied to all applications for
development to ensure the sensitive integration of new development with existing built
forms and landscapes in a way that contributes to the character of the local area and
enhances the image and character of the County.
4)
Within the framework of compatible development, the County shall support and
encourage contemporary architecture and design approaches that interpret and enrich
living culture. Particular attention shall be paid to the following design considerations
when evaluating any application for development:
a) building height will generally be compatible with the prevailing building heights
in proximity to the development;
b) building massing will be compatible with the prevailing forms of the
surrounding buildings with respect to the visible volume and scale of the
building from the street;
c) the siting, scale and massing will not interfere with the provision of adequate
privacy conditions for adjacent residential buildings and their outdoor amenity
areas;
d) the siting, building design and landscape design will protect and enhance
cultural and natural heritage features on or adjacent to the development site;
and
e) buildings will be oriented to the street with setbacks that are consistent with
other buildings in the area.
Page 61
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
5)
New development may deviate from the prevailing quality and/or character of the existing
development where doing so will make an enhancing contribution to the unique quality
of place and character of the County.
Green Design Initiatives
6)
The County shall plan for and promote a reduction in the per-capita consumption of
energy, water, land and other non-renewable resources.
7)
The County shall support and encourage green design initiatives that improve air quality
by:
a) Enhancing the tree canopy, particularly along Tourism Corridors and in the
Urban Centres and Villages;
b) Seeking to reduce the area of impervious surfaces and using light-
coloured/high albedo paving materials on County-owned properties, and
encouraging the same for private developments;
c) Considering reduced parking standards to limit the impact of car parking,
where appropriate;
d) Considering the provision of priority parking spaces for carpool, ride sharing,
and ultra-low emission vehicles;
e) Using locally sourced materials in construction to reduce transportation-
related emissions; and
f) Promoting a compact built form that consumes less land and includes an
energy-efficient mix of land uses.
8)
The County shall support and encourage green design initiatives that enhance
opportunities for active transportation by:
a) Providing for mixed-use development in Settlement Areas so that services and
amenities can be accessed within easy walking or cycling distance; and
b) Developing or expanding active transportation facilities including bicycle
parking, sidewalk connectivity, sidewalk curb ramps, pathways and trails.
9)
The County shall support and encourage green design initiatives that support energy
efficiency and reduced greenhouse gas emissions by:
a) Encouraging passive solar orientation to permit enhanced energy efficiencies
by creating optimum conditions for the use of passive and active solar
strategies;
b) Encouraging the use of high efficiency heating and cooling equipment;
Page 62
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
c) Employing a free cooling strategy by maximizing the tree canopy and the
strategic placement of deciduous trees to assist with summer
evapotranspiration and shading. The placement of coniferous trees can help
to mitigate cold winter winds;
d) Encouraging the use of reflective building surfaces as well as paving materials;
e) Converting traffic signals, roadway lighting and lighting features to LED lighting;
and
f) Heat pumps (geothermal) may be permitted for the purpose of heating or
cooling structures.
10)
The County shall prepare a Water Conservation Strategy that supports and encourages
green design initiatives which promote water conservation and improved water quality
by:
a) Encouraging the achievement of greater water efficiency than required under
the Ontario Building Code for all new buildings;
b) Promoting the use of water-saving fixtures and appliances;
c) Encouraging the implementation of Low Impact Design Standards that
emphasize the use of native, drought tolerant and non-invasive plants, bio-
swales, constructed wetlands, at-source infiltration, greywater re-use system,
rainwater harvesting, and alternative filtration systems such as treatment
trains;
d) Encouraging alternative methods for outdoor watering (i.e. rain barrels);
e) Exploring efficiencies in municipal water treatment and distribution systems;
f) Requiring the decommissioning of private wells in Settlement Areas serviced
by a municipal water system;
g) Ensuring policies are in place to assess municipal and private septic systems
to ensure they are properly maintained; and,
h) Investigating provincial and federal funding sources for infrastructure
upgrades to the municipal water/ waste water system.
11)
The County shall support local food production and access to fresh local food by:
a) Encouraging and supporting community gardens in existing County-owned
properties and new parkland spaces in Settlement Areas;
b) Encouraging and supporting the development of farmers' markets and farm
stands throughout the County;
c) Permitting on rural residential properties, the keeping of bees and livestock,
such as poultry; and
Page 63
Official Plan
3.3 Livable Community
d) Encouraging opportunities for edible landscapes, both within the public and
private realm, through the conservation of existing orchard trees or by
incorporating orchard trees, and food-producing plants in combination with
ornamental plants in aesthetically pleasing designs as part of proposed
landscaping plan.
12)
The County shall promote waste reduction and diversion of waste from landfill by
encouraging all new development to:
a) Divert waste from construction to recycling facilities and/or by salvaging
materials;
b) Whenever possible, reuse salvaged, refurbished or reused materials as part of
building materials in new buildings;
c) Use of recycled/reclaimed materials for new infrastructure including roadways,
parking lots, sidewalks, unit pavings, curbs, water retention tanks and vaults,
stormwater management facilities, sanitary sewers, and/or water pipes;
d) Construct durable buildings to maximize the building's life by minimizing the
need to replace materials and assemblies;
e) Facilitate composting by residents and businesses, by continuing to provide
composting programs in Settlement Areas and promoting composting
programs in major developments; and
f) Incorporate existing heritage properties in situ through retention, restoration,
and adaptive reuse to avoid further construction waste.
13)
The County shall support efforts to mitigate light pollution by ensuring that exterior
lighting is properly shielded and does not fall outside of the property envelope and that
interior lighting does not extend to the exterior of the property.
Page 64
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
3.4 Infrastructure
3.4.1 Intent
Infrastructure plays a key role in shaping the future growth and development of the Municipality.
Provision of infrastructure must be provided in a responsible, efficient and cost-effective manner
to ensure long-term fiscal and environmental sustainability. Infrastructure considerations include
water and sanitary sewer services, transportation facilities, stormwater management, waste
management, recycling systems, aggregate production, processing energy generation,
transmission facilities, and utilities.
Prince Edward County is finding that existing services are reaching or exceeding capacity and
coupled with rising costs have created constraints that require strategic, coordinated, and
innovative approaches to future development. Water and sanitary sewer services are critical to
the provision of safe, reliable and cost-effective potable water services that are necessary to
enable important or desirable functions related to the continued operation, maintenance, safety,
security and well-being of the Municipality and its residents, as well as the environment.
Stormwater Management Services are essential for ensuring that the Municipality can continue
to support their goals of protecting and enhancing the natural features and shorelands within the
Municipality. Appropriate stormwater management is necessary to control erosion, flooding, and
to protect watercourses and water bodies from pollutants.
The Municipality recognizes the importance that adequate transportation infrastructure has
moving people around and supporting economic growth. The community's transportation system
moves people and goods via roads, pedestrian linkages, bicycle routes, multi-use trails, and via
the airport, harbour and marinas. It is the intent of this Plan to develop a multi-modal
transportation system that is safe, efficient, economical, convenient and comfortable for all users,
while respecting the heritage assets, natural features, and character of the Municipality.
Reducing the volume of solid waste through diversion is an important consideration for future
environmental and financial sustainability. Waste management includes the process of collecting,
processing, diverting, and disposing of solid waste. The goal of this Plan is to encourage and
promote the reduction of waste, reuse, and recycling among residents and aid in the protection
of the environment, air quality, and public health.
3.4.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan relate to all elements of infrastructure, including:
Objective 1
Provide infrastructure in a coordinated manner that is integrated with
planning for growth so that these necessary services are available to
meet current and projected needs. Infrastructure will only be provided
where the Municipality can financially sustain and maintain adequate
service levels.
Page 65
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
Objective 2
Optimize the use of existing infrastructure, wherever feasible, before
considering developing new infrastructure.
Objective 3
Strategically locate infrastructure to support the effective and efficient
delivery of services. In addition, and where feasible, co-locate
infrastructure systems to promote cost-effectiveness and to facilitate
service integration.
Objective 4
Work co-operatively with other jurisdictions, neighbouring
municipalities and private developers in addressing common
infrastructure needs and challenges.
Objective 5
Undertake the financial planning required to make the necessary
investments in infrastructure systems to accommodate long-term
community and economic growth anticipated by this Plan. The
Municipality will cooperate with other government agencies in this
regard.
Water and Sanitary Sewer Services
Objective 6
Through sewage and water service planning, direct and accommodate
expected growth in a manner that makes efficient use of existing services,
including:
i.
Municipal sewage services and municipal water services; and
ii.
Private communal sewage services and private communal
water services, where municipal sewage services and
municipal water services are not available.
Objective 7
Ensure that all water and sanitary sewage systems are provided in a
manner that:
i.
Can be sustained by the water resources upon which such
services rely;
ii.
Is financially viable and complies with all regulatory
requirements;
iii.
Protects human health and the natural environment; and
iv.
Promotes water conservation and water use efficiency.
Objective 8
Support the improvement and extension of municipal sanitary sewage and
water supply services, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and
other relevant County and Provincial policies and regulations, and within
the financial capabilities of the Municipality and on the basis of the
approved capital budget program.
Page 66
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
Stormwater Management Services
Objective 9
Ensure that the impacts on streams and the shore land systems from
urban development are appropriately managed in order protect water
quality, fish and wildlife habitat and to prevent erosion.
Objective 10
Minimize the number of County-owned stormwater management
facilities through coordinating stormwater management needs of
multiple developments.
Objective 11
Where appropriate, plan stormwater management facilities and
features to co-locate with parklands and infrastructure.
Transportation
Objective 12
Develop, integrate, and maintain safe and efficient multi-modal
transportation routes throughout the Municipality, and linkages to
external transportation systems, to facilitate community development
and ensure access to goods, services, and amenities for the residents,
visitors, and businesses of Prince Edward County.
Objective 15
Enhance active transportation facilities with streetscape elements such
as benches, waste receptacles, bicycle racks, crosswalks, pedestrian-
scaled lighting, and shade.
Objective 16
Develop and maintain the transportation system in a manner that has
regard for the impacts of climate change and the environment,
accessibility, social, and aesthetic character and amenities of the
community along with the financial sustainability of the municipality.
Objective 17
The integrity of major transportation corridors and facilities which move
goods, services and people such as County Highway 33 (Loyalist
Parkway), County Highway 49, Picton Airport, and Picton's deep water
port will be protected and promoted.
Waste Management
Objective 18
Manage solid waste for the purposes of reducing, reusing, and
recycling and to further efforts to divert waste from landfill.
Objective 19
Support efforts to establish adequate waste management facilities to
provide for future County needs.
Energy Generation and Transmission
Objective 20
Support energy efficiency and improved air quality through land use
and development patterns which:
i.
Promote compact built form and a structure of Urban Centres
and Villages that are connected by Tourism Corridors;
Page 67
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
ii.
Focus major employment, commercial and other travel-
intensive land uses on sites that are well served by existing
road network;
iii.
Create employment opportunities in proximity to housing uses
in proximity to shorten commute journeys and decrease
transportation congestion; and
iv.
Promote development, design and building orientation which
maximize the use of alternative or renewable energy, such as
solar and wind energy.
Utilities
Objective 22
Provide utilities required for County residents and businesses in an
efficient, cost effective and environmentally responsible manner.
3.4.3 Water and Sanitary Sewer Services Policies
1)
Existing Wastewater Treatment Plants and Water Treatment Plants are identified
conceptually on Schedule 'E': Transportation & Infrastructure.
2)
Higher order forms of servicing, including full municipal or private communal water and
sanitary sewer services are the preferred form of service, in accordance with the
servicing hierarchy policies of the Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS).
3)
In general, new development will focus growth first within the Urban Centres, and, as a
second priority, within the Villages. New development within the Hamlets, Rural Lands,
and Shore Lands will also be permitted as a third priority. New development within the
Agricultural areas may also be permitted, subject to applicability of PPS policies 2.3.5
and 2.3.6.
4)
Available uncommitted servicing capacity is an important resource that the Municipality
can use to promote the growth and settlement strategy of this Plan. The Municipality
may adopt by-laws, policies and procedures to guide the allocation of uncommitted
servicing capacity to proposed developments, including the use of "H" (Holding)
provisions and phasing provisions in subdivision/condominium agreements.
5)
To avoid inappropriate linear and un-serviced sprawl, the communities of Picton,
Bloomfield and Wellington will be separated by Rural Lands or Agricultural areas. New
linear sprawl development (i.e. severances) between any of the Urban Centres, Villages
or Hamlets will be strongly discouraged.
6)
The Municipality may construct water and sanitary service infrastructure between
communities for the purposes of efficient operation without the obligation to connect or
approve development for use of the infrastructure outside the Settlement Areas.
Page 68
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
7)
The Municipality will encourage and promote water conservation practices in order to
free up capacity within the municipal water and sanitary sewage treatment plant and
distribution systems and to make them work more efficiently. The Municipality shall
promote water conservation by:
a) Encouraging development proposals that minimize additional demands on the
Municipality's water and sanitary system;
b) Directing and accommodating expected growth in a manner that promotes the
efficient use of existing County infrastructure; and
c) Consider incentives for existing system users to conserve municipal water.
8)
The extension of municipal sewer and water services shall only take place within lands
designated Urban Settlement Areas as identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations.
9)
Extension of any municipal infrastructure beyond their existing service area shall be the
responsibility of the developer, except as may otherwise be provided for in the
Municipality's approved capital works funding. Where appropriate, the Municipality of
Prince Edward will encourage arrangements for cost sharing among benefiting
landowners.
10)
Any provision and/or major expansion of water and sanitary sewage systems may be
subject to an Environment Assessment. That process involves a detailed assessment of
treatment options with full public participation and consideration of environmental, social
and economic impacts. The growth designations and servicing options outlined in this
Plan may be subject to change given the results of the required Environmental
Assessment.
11)
The Municipality will maintain, in conjunction with the Ministry of the Environment,
Conservation and Parks and neighbouring municipalities where there are shared
services, up-to-date records of:
a) The reserve capacity of water and sanitary sewage treatment facilities;
b) The amount of unconnected servicing commitments to zoned
land/development;
c) The uncommitted reserve capacities;
d) Plant performance and hydraulic capacity will be monitored in comparison to
growth management objectives in order to avoid future limitations on growth
and to allow enough time to plan for plant expansions or upgrades. The
Municipality will not commit capacity allocation for growth beyond the
uncommitted reserve capacity in the respective municipal water and municipal
sewage treatment facility until plans are approved by Council for the
expansion of capacity; and
Page 69
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
e) Reserve estimates for municipal reserve sewage system capacity shall
include amounts for private sewage receiving and treatment. Reserves
estimates for municipal water system capacity shall include bulk water
dispensing requirements of rural and agricultural residential lots.
3.4.3.1 Servicing Policies for the Picton and Wellington Urban Centres
1)
Municipal sewage services and municipal water services are the preferred form of
servicing for new growth opportunities within the Picton and Wellington Secondary Plan
Areas. Intensification and redevelopment within Picton and Wellington shall be on
municipal sewage services and municipal water services, wherever feasible.
2)
In order to promote ongoing growth within the Municipality, the existing water treatment
and sanitary treatment plants and their associated distribution/collection systems serving
the Urban Centres of Picton and Wellington will be maintained, upgraded and replaced
when required, and on the basis of the approved capital budget program.
3)
Sewage treatment plants are prohibited in the vulnerable areas where they would be a
significant drinking water threat.
4)
If a Draft Plan of Subdivision or Condominium is not registered within three years from
the date of Draft Plan Approval, or the Draft Plan has not proceeded to the satisfaction
of the Municipality within the term of draft plan approval, the Municipality, at the time of
considering extension of the Draft Plan Approval, may revoke any assignment of
municipal servicing allocation, in whole or in part.
5)
Development within the Picton and Wellington Urban Centres shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with a Functional Servicing Plan or Plans, submitted at the
time of application, dealing with sewage and water systems. These Plans shall be
prepared to provide for the continuous, orderly extension of services in a cost-effective
manner, to the satisfaction of the Municipality.
6)
The cost of providing full municipal services to facilitate the development of lands within
the Picton and Wellington Urban Centres shall not impose an unconsidered financial
burden on existing taxpayers. Accordingly, such costs shall be recovered through
charges from the new development. In some circumstances the Municipality may
consider distributing the responsibility of the developer(s), with cost-sharing agreements,
or front ending opportunities with future benefitting land parties.
3.4.3.2 Servicing Policies for the Rossmore Urban Centre
1)
Municipal water services are the preferred form of servicing for new growth opportunities
within the Rossmore Urban Centre Secondary Plan Area. Intensification and
redevelopment within Rossmore shall be on municipal water services, wherever feasible.
Page 70
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
2)
In order to promote ongoing growth within the Municipality, the existing water distribution
system in Rossmore will be maintained, upgraded and expanded when required to
service new development.
3)
New development is permitted within Rossmore only if there is confirmation, to the
satisfaction of the Municipality, of sufficient reserve water system capacity within
municipal water services system and within individual or communal sewage services.
The determination of sufficient reserve sewage system capacity shall include treatment
capacity for hauled sewage from private communal sewage services and individual on-
site sewage services.
4)
Where municipal water services are available, but there is no municipal sanitary sewage
system, proponents of multi-unit/multi-lot developments containing five or more
residential units shall undertake a Servicing Options Investigation to ascertain the most
appropriate form of sanitary sewage servicing.
5)
The Municipality shall only approve new development within Rossmore that can be
allocated water capacity, in conformity with municipal policies, procedures and by-laws.
The assignment of a water allocation to development is at the sole discretion of the
Municipality and furthermore, depending on the amount of water system allocation and
infrastructure available, not all development proposals may be able to proceed and/or
be approved.
6)
If a Draft Plan of Subdivision or Condominium is not registered within three years from
the date of Draft Plan Approval, or the Draft Plan has not proceeded to the satisfaction
of the Municipality within the term of Draft Plan Approval, the Municipality, at the time of
considering extension of the Draft Plan Approval, may revoke any assignment of
municipal water allocation, in whole or in part.
7)
The cost of providing municipal water services to facilitate the development of lands
within Rossmore shall not impose an unconsidered financial burden on existing
taxpayers. Accordingly, such costs shall be recovered through charges from the new
development. In some circumstances the Municipality may consider distributing the
responsibility of the developer(s), with cost-sharing agreements, or front ending
opportunities with future benefitting land parties.
8)
Development within Rossmore shall be designed and constructed in accordance with a
Functional Servicing Plan or Plans, submitted at the time of application, dealing with the
water system. These Plans shall be prepared to provide for the continuous, orderly
extension of water services in a cost-effective manner, to the satisfaction of the
Municipality.
Page 71
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
3.4.3.3 Servicing Policies for the Villages with Municipal Water Services Only
1)
Municipal water services are the preferred form of servicing for new growth opportunities
within the Villages of Bloomfield, Consecon, Ameliasburgh and Carrying Place.
2)
In order to promote ongoing growth within the Municipality, the existing water distribution
systems in the Villages of Bloomfield, Consecon, Ameliasburgh and Carrying Place will
be maintained and may be extended to serve new development.
3)
In the identified Villages where municipal water services are available, but there is no
municipal sanitary sewage system, proponents of multi-unit/multi-lot developments
containing five or more residential units shall undertake a Servicing Options Investigation
to ascertain the most appropriate form of sanitary sewage servicing.
4)
New development is permitted within the identified Villages only if there is confirmation,
to the satisfaction of the Municipality, of sufficient water system capacity within the
municipal water service system within any communal or individual sewage services and
communal or individual water services. The determination of sufficient reserve sewage
system capacity shall include treatment capacity for hauled sewage from private
communal sewage services and individual on-site sewage services.
5)
Partial servicing strategies shall only be permitted within the identified Villages in the
following circumstances:
a) Where they are necessary to address failed individual on-site sewage services
and/or individual on-site water services in existing development; and/or,
b) Where they are necessary to allow for infilling and rounding out of existing
development on partial services within the Village boundary provided that:
i.
the development is within the reserve sewage system capacity and
reserve water system capacity.
ii.
site conditions are suitable for the long-term provision of such sanitary
services.
iii.
a Servicing Options Investigation is provided to evaluate the servicing
options based on a hierarchy, which promotes development on communal
sewer and/or water as the preferred means of servicing.
iv.
where communal servicing is shown not to be a viable option through the
Servicing Options Investigation, to the satisfaction of the Municipality,
private servicing may be permitted if supported by the appropriate
hydrogeological studies.
3.4.3.4 Servicing Policies for Hamlets
1)
In Hamlets, where there are no municipal water or sanitary sewage systems, including
Black River, Cherry Valley, Demorestville, Hillier, Milford, Northport, Rednersville,
Page 72
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
Rosehall and Waupoos, proponents of multi-unit/multi-lot developments containing five
or more residential units shall undertake a Servicing Options Investigation to ascertain
the most appropriate form of water and sanitary sewage servicing.
2)
Where communal servicing is shown not to be a viable option through the Servicing
Options Investigation, to the satisfaction of the approval Municipality, private servicing
may be permitted if supported by the appropriate hydrogeological studies.
3)
Where communal or private servicing is deemed appropriate, a Hydrogeological Study
shall be prepared to the satisfaction of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation
and Parks, the local Health Unit, and the Municipality indicating that an adequate supply
of water for domestic use is available and that the site can assimilate wastes from the
proposed septic sewage disposal systems. Individual lot sizes shall be determined by
the results of the Hydrogeological Study but shall not be less than the minimum indicated
in any land use designation policies or any other applicable County regulations or
performance standards.
3.4.3.5 Servicing Policies for Rural Lands, Agricultural areas and Shore Lands
1)
On Rural Lands, the Agricultural areas, and Shore Lands, the Municipality may permit
individual on-site sewage services and individual on-site water services, only where
municipal sewage services and/or municipal water services are not provided.
2)
On Rural Lands, Agricultural areas and Shore Lands, proponents of multi- unit
commercial or industrial developments that go through Site Plan Approval, shall
undertake a Servicing Options Investigation to ascertain the most appropriate form of
water and sanitary sewage servicing. Where communal servicing is shown not to be a
viable option through the Servicing Options Investigation, to the satisfaction of the
Municipality, private servicing may be permitted if supported by the appropriate
hydrogeological study. The County will not be responsible for the maintenance or
replacement of failed communal systems. It is the property owner's sole responsibility to
provide, maintain and replace any and all services to their development.
3.4.3.6 Individual on-site water services and on-site sewage services Policies
1)
Individual on-site sewage services and individual on-site water services may only be
permitted where site conditions are suitable for the long-term provision of such services
with no negative impacts. In addition, these services may only be used for infilling and
minor rounding out of existing development.
2)
Development that involves 5 or more residential units, or equivalent, within
approximately a 5-hectare area, shall only be given consideration when subject to a
hydrogeological study that indicates no negative impact upon the groundwater from the
development.
Page 73
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
3)
For individual on-site water services, a groundwater source will be provided of a type
and construction that will supply adequate water for domestic use. The developer/
homeowner is responsible for ensuring that health-related water quality parameters
established in the Ontario Drinking Water Objectives are met.
4)
When a water source is confirmed for all newly created lots, the licensed well driller or
installer must sign a letter of compliance which would confirm that the water source was
constructed and that the water sample which has been collected for testing was taken
from the subject water source on the property.
5)
For any private sewage treatment system, all requirements of the Municipality shall be
met, including the required permits necessary for all existing or newly created lots to be
serviced with individual private sewage treatment systems.
3.4.3.7 Development in Proximity to Sewage Facilities
1)
MECP recommends separation distances and/or other control measures for sensitive
land uses close to sewage treatment facilities and waste stabilization ponds (lagoons).
Separation distances are based on the design capacity of the sewage treatment facility
and the type of waste stabilization pond and the characteristics of the waste. These
distances are outlined in MECP Guideline D-2: Compatibility between Sewage
Treatment and Sensitive Land Use.
Sewage Treatment Plant Capacity
Separation Distances
Equal to or less than 500 m3/day
100 m.
Greater than 500m3/day but less than 2500
m3/day
Minimum 100 m.
Recommended 150 m.
Greater than 2500 m3/day
Greater than 150 m.
Site specific assessment
Waste stabilization ponds/lagoons
Between 100 and 400 m.
Site specific assessment
3.4.4 Stormwater Management Policies
1)
The Municipality shall require appropriate stormwater management facilities and outlets
for new developments that mitigate the impacts of stormwater quality and quantity.
Stormwater Management Plans shall be required for any new major development with
large amounts of impervious area. Stormwater management will be undertaken in
accordance with the Province's Stormwater Management Plan and Design Manual, or
its successor.
2)
Stormwater management facilities for lands draining into the Bay of Quinte shall be
provided and designed in accordance with the requirements of the Remedial Action Plan.
Page 74
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
3)
In the Rural Lands, Agricultural areas and Shore Lands, best practices including Low
Impact Development (LID) for stormwater management will be encouraged, including
the use of tree cover and natural vegetation and other permeable surfacing that reduces
run off and facilitates groundwater recharge. Grading and drainage shall also mitigate to
erosion and siltation that occurs with stormwater management.
4)
An application for new development within any Urban Centre, Village or Hamlet shall be
accompanied by a Stormwater Management Plan that:
a) Evaluates stormwater management on a 'watershed' based approach;
b) Incorporates an integrated treatment approach to minimize stormwater
management flows and reliance on end-of-pipe controls through measures
including source controls, lot-level controls, LID's and conveyance techniques,
such as grass swales, where appropriate;
c) Identifies the specific location of permanent end of pipe facilities, the areas
they will service, and considerations for their size, shape and design criteria;
d) Evaluates, at appropriate geographic scales, predicted changes in the water
balance between pre-development and post-development conditions, and
evaluates how such changes will be minimized;
e) Evaluates, at appropriate geographic scales, anticipated changes in
phosphorus loadings between pre-development and post-development, and
evaluates how this can be minimized;
f) Offers specific direction on how end of pipe stormwater management works
shall be designed, to satisfy, at a minimum, the enhanced protection level
specified by the Municipality; and
g) Identifies criteria and circumstances upon which interim stormwater facilities
may be considered or precluded.
5)
Stormwater management facilities shall be permitted in all designations, except for the
Environmental Protection designation identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations. Notwithstanding that prohibition, stormwater management facilities may
be permitted in an Environmental Protection designation, subject to the preparation of
an Environmental Impact Study, prepared to the satisfaction of the Municipality, that
confirms no impact on adjacent natural heritage features and their associated functions.
6)
Stormwater management ponds will be designed to be naturalized and constructed with
gentle slopes and in accordance with the following policies:
a) Native species and flood tolerant water's edge plants, including a mixture of
herbaceous and woody vegetation, shall be planted to stabilize banks of
ponds. The perimeter of the permanent pool shall be planted with emergent,
strand and submergent species to improve the aesthetics and mitigate the
impacts of climate change and enhance the performance of the facility;
Page 75
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
b) Ponds are envisioned to blend with the natural landscape, therefore,
geometric forms and standard slope gradients will be avoided in favour of
organic shapes and land form grading designed to replicate natural land forms
in the area. Inlet and outlet structures will be concealed using a combination of
planting, grading and natural stone;
c) Where there is a need to discourage public access to areas around the
perimeter of the ponds, living fences and barrier plantings will be utilized in
place of fencing, wherever possible. Barrier plantings will be installed along
the crest of steep slopes, adjacent deep-water areas and around inlet and
outlet structures; and
d) Ponds will be designed with trails, overlooks and interpretive signage so that
they are an integral part of the parks, open space and trails network yet
minimize drowning risks to the public.
3.4.5 Transportation Policies
1)
The transportation system, for purposes of road allowance protection, is shown on
Schedule 'E': Transportation & Infrastructure and includes roads in settlement areas.
The transportation system is intended to provide for the efficient and safe passage of
pedestrians and cyclists, the operation of an efficient public transit system and provide
for the balanced usage of motor vehicles. Provincial Highways are subject to Provincial
requirements and permits in addition to the other policies of this Plan.
2)
The Municipality will prepare a Complete Streets Policy and supporting design
guidelines. The Complete Streets Policy will be designed to provide an equitable balance
on the Municipality's transportation network for all road users and all modes of
transportation and improve the overall streetscape.
3)
Transportation facilities will be planned, designed, and constructed to minimize the
effects of noise, fumes, and vibration on existing and planned residential development.
4)
The Municipality is currently preparing its Master Transportation Plan to implement and
further refine or expand upon the policies of this Plan; the Master Transportation Plan
will include an Active transportation Plan to inform on walking/ cycling candidate routes
and cycling facilities.
5)
The Municipality will work in partnership with private developers, adjacent municipalities,
the Ministry of Transportation and the Province to provide a transportation system that
integrates a range of travel modes to move people and goods.
6)
Council may require a noise study for new sensitive land uses adjacent to existing
railway lines, highways and roads, sewage treatment facilities, waste management sites,
industries, aggregate extraction sites, or other stationary or line sources where noise
and vibration may be generated. Feasibility and/or noise studies must be prepared by
Page 76
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
qualified individuals and in accordance with MECP's Noise Pollution Control Guidelines
(NPC-300). The report will outline features such as berms, walls or separation distances
which reduce the anticipated noise levels to those acceptable to the Ministry of
Environment, Conservation and Parks.
7)
The retention or revitalization of traditional tree-line/fence bottoms and expansion of
natural buffers alongside roads can potentially enhance road safety by mitigating snow
hazards, provided other road safety and maintenance factors have been given
appropriate consideration.
8)
All proposed development located adjacent to and in the vicinity of a Provincial highway
within the Ministry of Transportation's Permit Control Area under the Public
Transportation and Highway Improvement Act will also be subject to the approval of the
Ministry of Transportation. Early consultation with the Ministry of Transportation is
encouraged to ensure the integration of municipal planning initiatives with Provincial
transportation planning. Any new areas in the municipality identified for future
development that are located adjacent to or in the vicinity of a provincial highway or
interchange/intersection within MTO's policies, standards and requirements. Direct
access will be discouraged and often prohibited.
The Ministry of Transportation's Permit Control Area is defined as being 45 metres from
the Ministry's property limit and 185 metres from the centre line of either Highway 62 or
Highway 33 and any municipal road intersection. MTO's Permit Control Area is subject
to change. Amendments to these distances may be made without amendment to this
Plan.
9)
The functional highway classification system and associated policies of this Plan include:
a) Provincial Highways;
b) County Highways;
c) The Loyalist Parkway;
d) County Roads; and,
e) Local Roads.
Provincial Highways
10)
This designation applies to Highways under the jurisdiction of the Provincial Ministry of
Transportation; Provincial Highway 33 (Loyalist Parkway) from the Glenora Ferry station
to the intersection of Provincial Highways 33 (Loyalist Parkway) and Provincial Highway
62 in Bloomfield; and Provincial Highway 62.
Page 77
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
11)
Provincial Highways 33 (Loyalist Parkway) & 62 function as gateways into the
Municipality and have special attributes which the Municipality hopes to maintain and
enhance in cooperation with the Ministry of Transportation.
County Highways
12)
This designation applies to County Highway 33 (Loyalist Parkway) and County Highway
49. These highways are designed to facilitate large volumes of inter-municipal and
through traffic movement. The road allowance, number of lanes, design details, traffic
signage and entrance spacing for the Highways shall be as determined by the
Municipality of Prince Edward for their respective highways. The road allowance width
will be no less than 30 metres.
13)
County Highway 49 functions as a gateway and trucking route to Highway 401 for
commerce/industry in the Municipality. Incompatible development such as residential
uses will be discouraged along Highway 49 in order to maintain this role as well as to
preserve the scenic view of Picton Bay and Long Reach available from the highway.
The Loyalist Parkway
14)
The Municipality will promote the development of The Loyalist Parkway in a manner that
is compatible with its designation as The Loyalist Parkway by:
a) Encouraging designation of heritage structures along the Parkway under the
Ontario Heritage Act to encourage retention of the Parkway's heritage theme;
b) Limiting infilling by severances (consents) along the Parkway, in accordance
with the other policies of this Plan, in order to maintain the historic patterns of
spacing and density of structures along the Parkway;
c) Requiring draft plans of subdivision proposed for land adjacent to the Loyalist
Parkway (where permitted by this Plan) to be set back beyond view from the
Parkway or to be adequately buffered from view;
d) Encouraging only small-scale industrial and commercial development which is
in keeping with the Parkways historic character;
e) Encouraging the burying of new and replacement services such as hydro and
telephone lines and the adequate setback of utility poles to preserve the
historic character of the Parkway; and
f) Any development proposed on lands abutting The Loyalist Parkway under the
jurisdiction of the Provincial Ministry of Transportation will still be subject to the
safety requirements and permit controls of the Ministry of Transportation.
County Roads
15)
County Roads - Inter-Centre Collector designation applies to roads that connect
Settlement Areas to each other or to the Provincial Highways and County Highways and
Page 78
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
carry medium to large volume traffic. The minimum road allowance width shall be 26
metres. The number of lanes, design details, traffic signage and entrance spacings for
the Municipality Roads shall be determined by the Municipality. County Roads to which
this classification applies are:
a) All of County Roads 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 15, 17,19, 22, 23, 28, 34 and 64;
and
16)
County Roads - Collector designation applies to those roads which serve as traffic
collectors from the local road system and from adjacent properties in the rural areas.
The minimum road allowance width shall be 26 metres. The number r of lanes, design
details, traffic signage and entrance spacings for the Municipality Roads shall be
determined by the Municipality. County Roads to which this classification applies are:
a) All of County Roads 10, 13, 15, 16, 20, 21, 24, 25, 30 & 35; and
b) Parts of County Roads 7,
17)
County Roads - Urban Collector and Service designation applies to those County Roads,
which service the built-up-areas (Secondary Plan Areas and Villages). The minimum
road allowance width shall be 20 metres. The number of lanes, design details, traffic
signage and entrance spacings for the Municipality Roads shall be determined by the
Municipality of Prince Edward. County Roads to which this classification applies are:
a) All of County Road 29
18)
County Roads - Special Service Collector designation applies to those roads, which
provide access to major resort or recreational uses such as the Sandbanks, Lake-on-
the-Mountain and North Beach Provincial Parks. These roads service primarily through
traffic and serve to collect traffic from the Municipality and local collector roads. The
minimum road allowance width shall be 26 metres. The number of lanes, design details,
traffic signage and entrance spacing for the Municipality Roads shall be determined by
the Municipality of Prince Edward. County Roads to which this classification applies are:
a) All of County Roads 11, 27, 32 & 38; and
b) Parts of County Roads 7, 12, 18 & 39.
c) Kleinsteuber Parks Road, Ridge Road and Burr Road
19)
County Roads - Seasonal/Resort Service Collector designation applies to the
Kleinsteuber/Parks Road, which is a local road. The Kleinsteuber/Parks Road could act
as a by-pass route from County Roads 12 and 18 to the Sandbanks Provincial Park. In
the event the municipality upgrades this road for this purpose, the policies of the
"Seasonal/Resort - Service Collector Roads" would apply:
a) Ribbon or strip residential development shall be discouraged on the
Kleinsteuber/Parks Road, so as not to jeopardize its potential function as a
Seasonal/Resort - Service Collector Road.
Page 79
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
Local Roads
20)
This classification applies to all other roads serving the traffic movement needs in the
Municipality. All major non-farming type of rural development such as resort recreational
areas, non-farm residential, rural industrial and other similar uses shall be encouraged
to obtain access from these low volume traffic roads and not collector roads. Access for
these roads to abutting properties shall be provided subject to the review of municipality
for geometrics and safety. The minimum road allowance width for these roads shall be
18 metres. Different road allowance widths may be considered, subject to the
satisfaction of the Municipality.
21)
In recognition of the importance of an efficient goods movement system to the health of
the economy, the Municipality shall give due consideration to the need to move goods,
products and other materials in the resolution of transportation issues.
22)
The following policies will ensure protection of residential neighbourhoods with regard to
commercial traffic:
a) Through-way movement of large commercial vehicles will generally be
restricted on Local and Collector Roads within residential neighbourhoods
wherever possible; and
b) Activities generating substantial commercial traffic will be located near or
adjacent to Highways and/or Collector Roads.
23)
Road widening shall be conveyed as a condition of approval of a severance (consent),
plan of subdivision, plan of condominium or Site Plan Control where the current road
allowance width is less than specified by this Plan.
24)
Where new roads are proposed, the Municipality shall ensure that the location and
design of the intended road pattern is coordinated with existing and future development
areas.
25)
The Municipality shall control county road corridors through policies and by-laws that
address road access, drainage, signage, entrance locations and building setbacks from
road allowances.
26)
The regulation of entrances onto roadways is required to ensure that public safety is
achieved and the function of the roadway is not compromised. In considering the nature
of access to be permitted to roads from abutting lands, regard shall be had for the
following criteria:
a) No direct access to a Provincial Highway from any abutting lot would be
permitted without the approval of the Ministry of Transportation.
Page 80
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
b) Direct access to County Highways or Collector Roads will only be permitted,
provided the impact of the entrance(s) on the ability of the road to function as
required would be minimal.
c) Direct access from abutting lots to local roads would generally be permitted.
27)
Development shall not be permitted on seasonally maintained roads.
3.4.5.1 Policies for Demand Management, Public Transit & Active transportation
1)
The Municipality will encourage the use of commuter car pools to reduce the number of
vehicle trips and vehicle kilometers travelled by residents, businesses and visitors to the
Municipality. In this regard the Municipality, in co-operation with the Ministry of
Transportation may provide parking facilities in strategic locations for carpooling
purposes.
2)
The Municipality will explore rural transit opportunities to enhance the mobility options
for all residents to access goods, services, amenities, and local attractions. The
Municipality may encourage the development of such rural transit services in partnership
with community and/or government partners, including adjacent municipalities. These
services may include:
a) Regular scheduled fixed bus stop service, at various frequencies;
b) Door-to-door service for people with mobility impairments, coordinated with
the regular scheduled fixed bus stop service;
c) Special destination service for special events, attractions, and other
destinations not covered by regular scheduled fixed bus stop service;
d) Individualized transit service for riders who require wheelchair accessible
transportation outside regularly scheduled route service, particularly to access
health care services and medical treatments; and,
e) The development of public transportation routes between villages and hamlets
and tourist destinations.
3)
To promote active living and sustainable tourism, the Municipality shall support walking
and cycling as attractive modes of transportation by:
a) Using a complete streets approach to the design of new streets and the
reconstruction, repair and maintenance of any right-of-way within the
Municipality;
b) Requiring the development of high-quality bicycle and pedestrian facilities in
public road allowances in new developments to the Municipality's satisfaction,
and ensuring those facilities create linkages to key destinations, and the
sidewalk and trail systems, where appropriate;
Page 81
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
c) Ensuring developments are planned, designed and developed to ensure the
safety and efficient movement of cyclists and pedestrians;
d) Prioritizing safety considerations for pedestrians and cyclists when designing
new or upgraded intersections;
e) Minimizing vehicle crossings of multi-use trails, and implementing appropriate
safety standards for crossing that cannot be avoided; and
f) Adopting mandatory bicycle parking requirements for all commercial,
institutional, industrial, and multi-unit residential uses through the
implementing Zoning By-law.
g) Including supportive infrastructure for active transportation within any
development.
4)
Pedestrian circulation will generally be on sidewalks or multi-use trails adjacent to roads
and may be separated from the road by landscaping. Exceptions may be considered
where insufficient road allowance widths exist, or other terrain constraints exist.
Landscaping may not be required in Settlement Areas.
5)
Streetscape elements that improve the pedestrian and cycling experience may be
encouraged, particularly within Settlement Areas.
6)
To the greatest extent possible, bicycle and pedestrian facilities should seek to maximize
physical separation from motorized traffic. The planning, design and development of
bicycle facilities is encouraged to meet the design standards outlined in the Ontario
Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 18, and in Velo Quebec's Planning and Design for Cyclists:
A Technical Guide, which provides additional guidance for rural and off-street facilities.
Where there is a conflict between the two manuals, the OTM shall apply. Bicycle
circulation will generally be provided on bicycle lanes, cycle tracks, or multi-use paths.
Where posted or actual motor vehicle speeds are greater than 40 kilometres per hour,
the bicycle facility shall be physically separated from motorized traffic, wherever
possible.
3.4.5.2 Policies for Airports
1)
The Mountain View Air Strip, which is owned by the Department of National Defense,
and the Picton Airport, which is privately owned, are depicted on Schedule 'E':
Transportation & Infrastructure. The airports provide important linkage opportunities
on a regional, national and international scale for the economic development of the
Municipality.
2)
New residential development and other sensitive land uses shall not be permitted to
locate in areas near an airport above 30 NEF/NEP, as set out on maps approved by
Transport Canada. However, redevelopment of existing residential uses and other
sensitive land uses or infilling of residential and other sensitive land uses may be
considered above 30 NEF/NEP, if it has been demonstrated that there will be no
Page 82
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
negative impacts on the long-term function of the airport. New development may be
permitted if it can be shown to occur in a compatible manner, any appropriate mitigative
measures shall be outlined in a Site Plan Control Agreement or Subdivision or Consent
Agreement between the developer and the Municipality. These mitigative measures
may include landscaping, setbacks, building height restrictions and special
construction techniques in accordance with any guidelines or requirements of the
Federal Department of Transport (Transport Canada) and/or the Ministry of
Environment, Conservation and Parks.
3.4.5.3 Policies for Deepwater Ports
1)
Land near the deep-water port facilities at and adjacent to the Lehigh Cement Plant
and Picton Terminals will be maintained for industrial/commercial uses. Incompatible
development that could jeopardize the use of this land for industrial/commercial uses
shall not be permitted.
2)
The County shall undertake or work with proponents to establish a long-term vision
regarding deepwater port needs and location(s).
3.4.6 Waste Management
1)
The Municipality will develop programs to promote and implement the principles of
Reduction, Re-use, Recycling and Recovery. The recycling and organic collection
program in the Municipality will continue to be diversified with respect to waste product
types and users, and the Municipality will:
a) Work with Waste Diversion Ontario to reduce waste in the Municipality. All
available funding mechanisms to increase waste diversion shall be pursued;
b) Establish partnerships with the private sector to reduce waste, including
working with Prince Edward County business owners in coordinating the
collection of hazardous waste;
c) Continue to participate in the household hazardous waste program;
d) Consider banning the disposal of recyclable materials at County landfills,
including construction and demolition materials;
e) Encourage recycling in new development by requiring interior and exterior
storage areas for recycling and composting facilities;
f) Explore opportunities for energy-from-waste at County landfills; and
g) Track diversion success and report back to the community about diversion
milestones.
2)
Closed and opened waste disposal landfill sites known at the time of this Plan within
the Municipality are identified on Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas of this Plan. These
lands are potential areas of gas migration, and contaminated soils and groundwater.
No use shall be made of land formerly used as a landfill site within a period of 25 years
Page 83
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
from the time it ceased to be used as a landfill unless the proponent obtains the
necessary approvals from the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation, and Parks.
Operating landfill sites shall be protected from encroaching incompatible land uses.
Appropriate remedial measures or closing of these sites, in accordance with the
recommendations or requirements of an Environmental Evaluation and the MECP, may
be required to be undertaken by the municipality/owner where it is determined that the
health and well-being of citizens are at risk.
3)
Prior to any development taking place within 500 metres of any open or closed waste
disposal/landfill site identified on Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas, an Environmental
Evaluation following MECP Guideline D-5 or its successor and a Hydrogeological
Study may be required by any government agency, or the municipality.
The Environmental Evaluation will address the following for operating landfill sites:
landfill generated gases, ground and surface water contamination by leachate, odour,
litter, contaminant discharges from associated vehicular traffic, visual impact, dust, and
noise, other air emissions, fires, surface runoff and vectors and vermin.
The recommendations of the Environmental Evaluation and the Hydrogeological Study
may be implemented within a development agreement (i.e. site plan) with the
Municipality if it is determined that development can proceed.
4)
To assist in identifying other contaminated sites, including underground storage tanks,
industrial lands, mine sites and contaminated sediments, all development applications
will include an environmental assessment (Phase 1 study) outlining the history of the
property and any known or suspected contamination. Where a contaminated site has
been identified, a clean-up plan will be prepared in accordance with Ministry of
Environment, Conservation, and Parks policies and guidelines prior to approval in
principle being granted. Decontamination of the site will be required as a condition of
the approval of any development applications and shall be completed to the satisfaction
of the Ministry of the Environment and the Municipality.
3.4.7 Energy Generation and Transmission
1)
Energy generation and transmission facilities, particularly potential wind turbines, in
Prince Edward County are controversial due to the ongoing debate regarding
environmental, health and economic impacts of such facilities. As such, the
Municipality does not support wind turbines. However, the Municipality does support
compatible alternative energy development, including solar and bio-digesters.
2)
For any proposed energy generation or transmission facility, the Municipality shall
require the proponent to proceed through any applicable environmental regulatory
processes, or, at a minimum, through a land use planning approvals process under the
Planning Act, or both.
Page 84
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
3)
The approvals process will evaluate and assess:
a) Whether the nature, scale and impact will be appropriate, understood and
where possible any identified impacts can be mitigated;
b) The impact on the viewscapes and countryside character in the vicinity,
ensuring no undue adverse impacts are created;
c) the proponent has actively participated in an open and transparent process
providing all documentation to members of the public and ensuring that their
comments and concerns are identified and addressed in the proponents
Public Consultation Report;
d) consistency with the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) 2020 and any other
applicable provincial legislation and/or regulations; and
e) ground-mounted solar facilities may be permitted as an on-farm diversified
use in the Agricultural Area designation.
4)
The Municipality may impose limits on the extent, height, property line setbacks and
location of any proposed energy generation and/or transmission facility when
exercising its authority under the Planning Act.
5)
The Municipality, in partnership with the Province, as appropriate, shall ensure that the
necessary agreements are in place to deal with ongoing operation and maintenance of
any green energy facilities, as well as appropriate protocols for their ultimate
decommissioning. In partnership with the County, the proponent shall create a
rehabilitation security fund to recover decommissioning costs should the owner be
delinquent.
3.4.8 Utilities
1)
The Municipality shall ensure that utility services such as cable communications/
telecommunications and pipelines are readily available to all development at levels
necessary to ensure the safety and convenience of the residents and businesses of
the Municipality.
2)
The Municipality shall promote utilities to be planned for and installed in a common
trench, where feasible, and in a coordinated and integrated manner in order to be more
efficient, cost effective and minimize disruption.
3)
Every effort will be made to ensure that utilities and services are provided in suitable
locations to minimize land use conflicts.
Page 85
Official Plan
3.4 Infrastructure
4)
Where public and/or private utility infrastructure is permitted and deemed necessary by
the Municipality, it shall be provided in advance of or concurrent with any new
development, to the satisfaction of the Municipality.
5)
Public and/or private utilities are generally permitted in all land use designations as
required to service and promote new development in appropriate locations.
6)
All facilities located within, or crossing a Provincial right-of-way corridor, are subject to
the requirements of the Public Transportation and Highway Improvement Act. Any such
installations must satisfy the requirements of the Ministry of Transportation regarding
location and permits.
Page 86
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
4.0 The County Land Use Designations
4.1 Settlement Areas
1)
A key element in defining the municipal quality of life and quality of place is the diversity
and charm of the various Settlement Areas scattered throughout the countryside. Each
Settlement Area is unique in its mixture of land uses, and its range of housing
opportunities. The Settlement Areas also have a distinct role in the Municipality as
centralized locations for housing and for service commercial and tourist-related
attributes. The Settlement Areas include a historic context, with heritage sites,
buildings and landscapes that provide an important reference to the past.
2)
The hierarchy of Settlement Areas is comprised of Urban Settlement Areas and
Rural Settlement Areas. Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations identifies each of
the Settlement Areas, as follows:
a) The Urban Centres of Picton, Wellington and Rossmore are Urban Settlement
Areas;
b) The Villages of Bloomfield, Ameliasburgh, Consecon and Carrying Place are
also Urban Settlement Areas; and
c) Hamlets are Rural Settlement Areas and include Black River, Cherry Valley,
Demorestville, Hillier, Milford, Northport, Rednersville, Rosehall and
Waupoos.
3)
In light of the constraints on infrastructure within the Municipality, development in all
Settlement Areas will be highly dependent on servicing availability, in accordance with
Section 3.4 policies within the Plan.
4)
The extension of municipal sewer and water services shall take place only within lands
designated Urban Settlement Areas as identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations. Any construction of water and sanitary service infrastructure between
communities is for the strict purpose of efficient operation without the obligation to
connect or approve development for use of the infrastructure. Strip development along
major roadways, beyond Settlement Areas, within the County will not be supported.
5)
Prior to lands being considered for future employment areas, or the expansion of
existing industrial areas, the following characteristics will be considered:
a) Proximity to highways and access points to the main land;
b) Ability to be serviced by a municipal water system and municipal sanitary sewer
system in advance of any designation change;
c) Serviced with electricity;
d) Services with natural gas (where available);
Page 87
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
e) Ability to service high speed internet;
f) No significant natural environmental issues;
g) No man-made environmental issues such as chemical contamination;
h) Access to an arterial road;
i) Relatively flat sites with good surface drainage;
j) Favourable soil conditions;
k) Capacity and proximity to trunk sewer and water lines and;
l) Locations to discourage traffic penetration into residential areas.
4.1.1 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan with respect to the lands designated in Settlement Areas, as shown
on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations are to:
Objective 1
Ensure that the health, well-being, prosperity and sustainability of the
Urban Centres, Villages, and Hamlets is enhanced and preserved.
Objective 2
Accommodate population and employment growth that requires urban
infrastructure and recognize the important role of Villages and Hamlets
in providing locations for small businesses and home businesses,
which enhance the character of the County and support economic
development.
Objective 3
Accommodate population and employment growth and development
in the Villages and Hamlets that is appropriate for the municipal
infrastructure that is, or will be, provided.
Objective 4
Accommodate a mixture of land uses that establish each Urban Centre
as a complete community that is unique, affordable, sustainable,
vibrant and healthy. Each Urban Centre will include a mix of housing
types, employment areas, institutions, places to shop, schools, health
care facilities, community services, community gardens and urban
agriculture, and opportunities for recreation.
Objective 5
Accommodate a mixture of land uses that establish each Village as
complete community, in recognition of their existing character and
context. Villages will, at a minimum, provide opportunities for all
forms of affordable housing, community gardens and urban
agriculture, and for local residents to meet their daily needs for
shopping and recreation.
Objective 6
Accommodate a mixture of land uses that provides opportunities for
each Hamlet to evolve into a more complete community, in recognition
of their existing character and context. Hamlets will, at a minimum,
provide opportunities for affordable housing, community gardens and
Page 88
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
urban agriculture, and for local residents to meet their daily needs for
shopping and recreation.
Objective 7
Ensure Urban Centres are the primary locations for community
facilities and services that serve the resident population from across
the County, as well as businesses and tourists.
Objective 8
Ensure Villages include appropriate community facilities and services
that serve the resident population.
Objective 9
Develop in a compact form that promotes the efficient and cost-
effective use of land and infrastructure, and incorporates a network
that encourages active transportation modes.
Objective 10
Ensure municipal infrastructures (sewer, water, stormwater and
transportation facilities) is provided within each Urban Centre to
sufficiently serve existing development and where appropriate,
facilitate future planned growth.
Objective 11
Develop in a manner that promotes the efficient and cost-effective use
of land and available infrastructure (sewer, water, stormwater and
transportation facilities), and minimizes energy consumption and the
emission of greenhouse gases and other air pollutants.
Objective 12
Ensure that the policies of the Quinte Region Source Protection Plan
have been implemented as per Section 3.1.6 of this Plan.
4.1.2 Urban Centres Designation
It is the intent of this Plan to facilitate the evolution of Picton, Wellington and Rossmore as healthy,
vibrant and complete communities. It is also the intent of this Plan to recognize that a Secondary
Plan, with a detailed policy framework, is in effect for each of the three Urban Centres.
4.1.2.1 Policies
The Picton, Wellington and Rossmore Secondary Plans
1)
The County has prepared detailed Secondary Plans for the designated Urban Centres
of Picton, Wellington and Rossmore. These Secondary Plans provide for more detailed
planning policy guidance and are standalone documents, given force under the
Planning Act.
2)
These Secondary Plans must be read in conjunction with this Plan, and all of the
applicable policies of both this Plan and the applicable Secondary Plan shall apply.
3)
Where there is a conflict between a policy in this Plan and a policy in an applicable
Secondary Plan, the policy of the Official Plan shall prevail, until such time as the
Secondary Plan is brought into conformity with the Official Plan
4)
Mapping for each of the identified Urban Centres is provided in Appendix A as follows:
Page 89
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
a) Map 14- Picton
b) Map 15- Wellington; and,
c) Map 16- Rossmore.
4.1.3 Villages Designation
It is the intent of this Plan to promote the function of Villages as Urban Settlement Areas, with a
mix of housing and businesses, as well as community uses and facilities. Villages are intended
to prioritize municipal services, infrastructure, and small-scale commercial uses. It is anticipated
and desirable that Villages have many of the same uses as Urban Centres, but at a scale that
preserves the existing village character. Larger and more dense developments may be directed
to an Urban Centre designation. The permitted uses with Villages shall be further defined by a
secondary plan and or a zoning by-law.
4.1.3.1 Policies
1)
The following uses may be permitted within this designation:
a) Single-detached dwelling units;
b) Semi-detached and duplex dwellings and other dwellings in multiple-unit
buildings, including townhouses;
c) Dwelling units in apartment buildings;
d) Dwelling units in combination with commercial uses;
e) Communal Co-housing;
f) Second units and garden suites;
g) Live-work units;
h) Home businesses;
i) Bed and breakfast establishments;
j) Community uses such as places of worship, schools, parks and recreation
facilities, community gardens and urban agriculture, emergency housing,
special needs housing, seniors housing, and daycare facilities;
k) Small-scale commercial uses, including retail and service commercial facilities
such as business and professional offices, restaurants, cafes, and artisan
studios/shops;
l) Small scale industrial uses, such as manufacturing, assembling, processing,
warehousing, wholesaling, repairing and servicing, transportation terminals,
and research and development facilities; and
m) Public uses and public and private utilities.
Page 90
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
2)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan.
3)
Mapping for each of the identified Villages is provided in Appendix A as follows:
a) Map 1 - Village of Ameliasburgh;
b) Map 2 - Village of Bloomfield;
c) Map 3 - Village of Carrying Place; and
d) Map 4 - Village of Consecon.
4)
The Maps included in Appendix A are not a statutory component of this Plan, and are
provided for information purposes only. Each of these Maps identifies the Settlement
Area boundary that matches those identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations. It is Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations that establishes the
Settlement Area Boundaries of this Plan for the purposes of this Plan.
5)
The Villages include natural features and areas that are identified on Schedule 'B':
Natural Features & Areas. Where an identified natural feature or area is identified
within a defined Village boundary, the policies relevant to the natural feature or area,
identified in this Plan shall apply, and shall be recognized in the implementing Zoning
By-Law.
6)
Lands within the Villages designation shall evolve and be enhanced over time. New
opportunities for growth shall ensure an efficient land use pattern and walkable,
compact built form.
7)
In addition, new development within the Villages shall:
a) Conserve and enhance existing designated or listed heritage buildings and
cultural heritage landscapes;
b) Be compatible with the heritage character of the adjacent buildings and the
existing pattern of development; and
c) Contribute to the positive image of the County and its unique quality of place.
8)
All new development within the Village designation shall generally have a maximum
height of 3.5 storeys, or 12.0 metres, whichever is less, and be compatible in the
context of existing development. The provisions of the implementing Zoning By-Law
may provide more restrictive or permissive height limits based on the specific context
of the Village, and the design details of the development.
9)
A variety of house forms and building types are encouraged throughout the Villages
designation. It is the intent of this Plan that built form, compatibility, and the availability
Page 91
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
of appropriate infrastructure be the determining factors for facilitating the types of
development permitted in each Village, as determined by the Municipality.
10)
Dwelling units in apartment buildings may be permitted within the Villages, subject to,
among other matters, the availability of appropriate infrastructure, the development
being located at a highly accessible location, and its proximity to community facilities
and retail commercial facilities, whenever possible;
11)
All new development shall conform with the Design Policies for Villages and Hamlets
in Appendix C to this Plan.
4.1.4 Hamlets Designation
It is the intent of this Plan to promote, and where necessary, reinstate the function of Hamlets as
small rural service centres, with a mix of non-farm housing, Tourism and businesses, as well as
community uses and facilities. As Hamlets are typically unserved by municipal infrastructure, the
scope and scale of their development is much smaller and less dense. Development that can be
serviced by private water and waste water systems will be permitted and further defined through
the zoning by-law or other land use planning tool.
4.1.4.1 Policies
1)
The following uses may be permitted within this designation:
a) Single-detached dwelling units;
b) Semi-detached and duplex dwellings and other dwellings in multiple-unit
buildings, including townhouses;
c) Dwelling units in combination with commercial uses;
d) Communal or Co-housing;
e) Second units and garden suites;
f) Live-work units;
g) Home businesses;
h) Bed and breakfast establishments;
i) Community uses such as places of worship, schools, parks and recreation
facilities, community gardens and urban agriculture, emergency housing,
special needs housing, seniors housing, and daycare facilities;
j) Small scale commercial uses, including retail and service accommodation
commercial facilities such as business and professional offices, restaurants,
cafes, and artisan studios/shops;
Page 92
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
k) Small scale industrial uses, such as manufacturing, assembling, processing,
warehousing, wholesaling, repairing and servicing, transportation terminals,
and research and development facilities; and
l) Public uses and public and private utilities.
2)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan for the purposes of this Plan.
3)
Mapping for each of the identified Hamlets is provided in Appendix A as follows:
a) Map 5 - Hamlet of Black River;
b) Map 6 - Hamlet of Cherry Valley;
c) Map 7 - Hamlet of Demorestville;
d) Map 8 - Hamlet of Hillier;
e) Map 9 - Hamlet of Milford;
f) Map 10 - Hamlet of Northport;
g) Map 11 - Hamlet of Rednersville;
h) Map 12 - Hamlet of Rosehall; and
i) Map 13 - Hamlet of Waupoos.
4)
The Maps included in Appendix A are not a statutory component of this Plan, and are
provided for information purposes only. Each of these Maps identifies the Settlement
Area boundary that matches those identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations. It is Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations that statutorily establishes
the Settlement Area Boundaries of this Plan.
5)
The Hamlets include natural features and areas that are identified on Schedule 'B':
Natural Features & Areas. Where an identified natural feature or area is identified
within a defined Hamlet boundary, the policies relevant to the natural feature or area
identified in this Plan shall apply, and shall be recognized in the implementing Zoning
By-Law.
6)
Lands within the Hamlets designation shall evolve and be enhanced over time. New
development shall ensure a built form that is in keeping with existing development.
7)
All new development within the Hamlets designations shall generally have a maximum
height of 3.5 storeys, or 12.0 metres, whichever is less. The implementing Zoning By-
Law may provide more restrictive or permissive height limits based on the specific
context of the Hamlet, and the design details of the development application.
Page 93
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
8)
A variety of house forms (primarily single detached dwellings and second units) and
building types are encouraged throughout the Hamlets designation. It is the intent of
this Plan that built form, compatibility and the availability of appropriate infrastructure
be the determining factors for facilitating the types of development permitted in each
Hamlet, as determined by the Municipality.
9)
All new development shall conform to the Design Policies for Villages and Hamlets in
Appendix C to this Plan.
4.1.5 Additional Policies for Villages and Hamlets
1)
New development within the Villages and Hamlets shall be compatible with existing
development. New development shall enhance the existing community, without
causing any undue, adverse impacts on adjacent properties. When reviewing
applications for new development within a Village or Hamlet, the County shall have
regard for lot size and configuration, building heights, massing and scale, as well as
buffering requirements including landscape treatments and setbacks.
2)
Home businesses may be permitted within any residential dwelling within the Villages
or Hamlets provided that, among other matters:
a) the use is of an accessory and subordinate nature to the primary residential
function of the dwelling unit;
b) the use does not substantially alter the residential nature of the property or
create an undue, adverse impact on adjacent properties; and
c) the use provides adequate parking and drop-off/pick-up facilities.
3)
Places of worship may be permitted within the Villages or Hamlets subject to, among
other matters, the following:
a) the use does not have an undue, adverse impact on neighbouring properties;
b) the development shall be located at a highly accessible location and preferably,
with frontage on an identified Tourism Corridor; and
c) the use provides adequate parking and drop-off/pick-up facilities.
4)
Daycare facilities may be permitted within the Villages and Hamlets subject to, among
other matters, the following:
a) these facilities shall be limited in size in accordance with an applicable Daycare
Facility License;
b) the use does not have any undue, adverse impact on neighbouring properties;
and
c) the use shall provide adequate parking and drop-off/pick-up facilities.
Page 94
Official Plan
4.1 Settlement Areas
5)
Small-scale commercial and industrial uses shall be encouraged within the Villages
and Hamlets to provide goods and services to residents, to provide jobs, to provide
attractions for visitors and to facilitate the development of businesses that cater to
broader markets, for example through e-commerce. The proposed commercial and/or
industrial use shall be compatible with the local context, and shall be subject to, among
other matters, the following:
a) the individual building that accommodates the use is limited in size to a ground
floor plate of a maximum of 560 square metres;
b) the development shall be located at a highly accessible location, and preferably
on an identified Tourism Corridor; and
c) each use shall provide adequate parking on site.
6)
The County may consider small scale commercial and industrial uses that exceed the
maximum ground floor plate size without an amendment to this Plan subject to, among
other matters, a detailed review of the adequacy of proposed buffering techniques,
including landscape treatments and setbacks. It shall be a requirement that the
proposed buffering techniques ensure that the scale of the proposed use does not have
an undue, adverse impact on neighbouring properties.
7)
Some of the Villages and Hamlets accommodate historic Main Streets that perform
multiple functions related to tourism as well as providing for the needs of the local
residents and businesses. The tourism role is related to their authenticity and charm
as good examples of historic Ontario Main Streets.
The rural and historic charm of Main Streets in the County must be preserved and
enhanced through development initiatives, and community improvement activities, with
particular attention paid to façade design, site planning and streetscape treatment.
8)
New developments and facilities on these Main Streets shall be:
a) primarily commercial or mixed use in function;
b) compatible with the existing development context;
c) sensitive and respectful of that historic character, where it exists; and
d) a minimum of 2 storeys in height.
Page 95
Official Plan
4.2 Agricultural areas
4.2 Agricultural areas
4.2.1 Intent
Agricultural operations are an essential component of the County economy. These uses are a
significant employment source, important to the County's historical, cultural and economic
character and key to the ability of other sectors such as tourism to create jobs and sustain
prosperity. This Plan recognizes that the Agricultural areas constitute a strong, prosperous and
established component of the local economy. The policies for managing it are designed to protect
and enhance the value of the resource.
Prime agricultural areas are to be protected for long-term agricultural use. Prime agricultural
areas are areas where prime agricultural lands predominate.
It is the intent of this Plan to promote agricultural uses, agriculture-related uses and on-farm
diversified uses. All other uses are prohibited within the Agricultural areas.
4.2.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan for designated Agricultural areas are to:
Objective 1
Sustain the County's agricultural lands and maintain a permanently un-
fragmented secure, economically viable agricultural industry.
Objective 2
Create the circumstances where agriculture can thrive.
Objective 3
Recognize the need for flexibility in responding to the ongoing
diversification of agricultural operations, implementing an efficient and
consolidated regulatory regime that respects the right to farm.
Objective 4
Minimize potential conflicts with non-farm uses.
Objective 5
Foster agriculture-related and on-farm diversified uses activities that
are appropriately located and of an appropriate scale relative to
surrounding uses.
Objective 6
Protect, conserve and enhance the significant natural heritage features
and areas and their associated ecological functions within the
Agricultural areas.
Objective 7
Protect Agricultural areas by directing all non-farm related residential
uses to Urban Centres, Villages, and Hamlets.
4.2.3 Policies
1)
All primary agricultural uses and normal farm practices are protected in Agricultural
areas.
Page 96
Official Plan
4.2 Agricultural areas
2)
The predominant use of land in this designation shall be all types, sizes and intensities
of agricultural uses, including on-farm buildings and structures that are integral to the
farm operation. The County may require appropriate studies, at its discretion, to support
any potential farm related commercial or industrial development. In addition, the
following uses may be permitted:
a) Agriculture-related uses, including farm-related commercial and farm-related
industrial uses, provided they meet the following criteria:
i.
Are compatible with, and do not hinder, surrounding agricultural
operations;
ii.
Are directly related to farm operations in the area;
iii.
Support agriculture;
iv.
Provide direct products and/or services to farm operations as a primary
activity;
v.
Benefit from being in close proximity to farm operations;
Are appropriate to available rural services and infrastructure;
vi.
Are at a scale and intensity of operation that are appropriate for the site
and the surrounding area;
vii.
Maintain the agricultural character of the area; and
viii.
Meet all applicable air emission, noise, water and wastewater standards
and receive all relevant environmental approvals.
b) On-farm diversified uses, provided they meet the following criteria:
i.
Are located on a farm property that is actively in agricultural use;
ii.
Are secondary to the principal agricultural use of the property;
iii.
Are limited in area relative to the size of the property on which the use, or
a combination of uses, is located, up to a total of 2% of the property, to a
maximum of 1 hectare;
iv.
Are compatible with, and do not hinder, surrounding agricultural
operations;
Are appropriate to available rural services and infrastructure;
v.
Are at a scale and intensity of operation that are appropriate for the site
and the surrounding area;
vi.
Maintain the agricultural character of the area; and
vii.
Meet all applicable air emission, noise, water and wastewater standards
and receive all relevant environmental approvals.
Page 97
Official Plan
4.2 Agricultural areas
c) Non-Agricultural uses, such as:
v.
extraction of minerals, petroleum resources and mineral aggregate
resources; or,
vi.
limited non-residential uses, provided that all of the following are
demonstrated:
-
the land does not comprise a specialty crop area;
-
the proposed use complies with the Minimum Distance Separation
(MDS) formulae;
-
there is an identified need within the planning horizon provided for
additional land to be designated to accommodate the proposed use;
and,
-
alterative locations have been evaluated and are all not feasible.
d) Public uses and private and public utilities provided the criteria in subsection c)
above have been adequately demonstrated to the satisfaction of the County.
3)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan.
4)
Agricultural areas are identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations. This
means that the majority of soil types within an Agricultural area are classified in the
Canada Land Inventory as Class 1, 2 and/or 3, which have a greater capability for
common crop production than Classes 4 through 7.
5)
All development in the Agricultural area designation will comply with the Minimum
Distance Separation (MDS) Formulae established by the Province, as amended from
time to time.
6)
All new development shall be compatible with its surrounding context and shall reflect
as appropriate the Design Policies for Rural Lands and Agricultural areas in Appendix
C of this Plan.
7)
New agricultural lots may be permitted where the severed and retained lots are
intended for agricultural uses. The lots shall:
a) Be sufficiently large to allow flexibility for future agricultural operations; and
b) Generally, not be less than 40 hectares in area.
Page 98
Official Plan
4.2 Agricultural areas
8)
Lot creation for limited farm-related residential uses will be permitted where a dwelling
becomes surplus as a result of farm consolidation provided that the resulting residential
lot:
a) The surplus dwelling is at least 10 years of age or older;
b) Does not exceed 1 hectare, except where environmental constraints or other
lot configuration factors may result in a parcel larger than 1 hectare;
c) Meets Minimum Distance Separation (MDS) Formulae established by the
Province, as amended from time to time; and,
d) The retained agricultural land is zoned to prohibit any future residential use.
9)
Lot adjustments may be permitted for technical or legal reasons such as minor
boundary adjustments, easements, rights of way, or other purposes that do not create
a new building lot.
10)
New lots may be permitted for agriculture-related uses provided that any new lot will
be limited to a minimum size needed to accommodate the use and appropriate
infrastructure. Lot creation for agriculture-related uses may be permitted subject to the
following:
a) the land does not constitute a specialty crop area;
b) the proposed use complies with Minimum Distance Separation (MDS) Formulae
established by the Province, as amended from time to time;
c) the new lot will be limited to the minimum size needed to accommodate the use;
d) the activity is limited to low water and low effluent producing uses and the site
is capable of accommodating the use on private water and private sanitary
sewage treatment systems; and
e) it has been confirmed to the satisfaction of the County that there are no
reasonable alternative locations which avoid agricultural land.
11)
At no point shall the total number of permanent residential units on a farm property
exceed two; however, housing for temporary farm labour shall not be considered within
this unit total. Permanent residential units include single-detached residential
dwellings, second units, garden suites, and accommodation for full-time farm labour.
12)
Accommodations for full-time farm labour is permitted on farms requiring additional
labour for day-to-day operations or for seasonal work over an extended growing
season. This may include a separate permanent dwelling, or a second dwelling unit
within an existing building, provided such housing meets the following criteria:
a) The employee(s) is employed seasonally or full-time on the farm;
b) The housing forms part of the existing farm building cluster; and
Page 99
Official Plan
4.2 Agricultural areas
c) On-site water and sanitary sewer services/facilities are confirmed to be
available and appropriate to accommodate the needs of the second unit or
garden suites; and
d) The housing unit shall comply with the provisions of the Ontario Building Code
and other relevant County and Provincial regulations; and,
e) The housing complies with minimum health and living conditions, zoning
requirements, and building permit requirements, as applicable.
13)
Accommodations for temporary farm labour is permitted on farms requiring additional
labour for just a few weeks a year provided the following criteria are met:
a) The housing complies with minimum health and living conditions, zoning
requirements, and building permit requirements, as applicable.
14)
Site Plan Control will apply to any proposed development of a property that would result
in a total gross floor area of buildings used for any agriculture-related use or on-farm
diversified use that is greater than 1,200 m2 (12,900 ft2).
15)
Development of agriculture, agriculture-related, and on-farm diversified uses shall be
consistent with the Guidelines on Permitted Uses in Ontario's Prime Agricultural areas
established by the Province, as amended from time to time. Developments shall also
be directed to areas of lower-class soils located on the property, wherever possible.
16)
Wineries, cideries, nano- or micro-breweries, and small distilleries may be permitted as
agriculture-related uses and/or on-farm diversified uses provided:
a) Such uses incorporate crops grown on-site and/or in the area to the greatest
extent possible;
b) The criteria for the applicable use category, as set out in Section 4.2.3 policies
19) b) and c) of this Plan, are met;
c) The property will continue to be zoned for agricultural use and will be subject to
appropriate standards for specific types of beverage alcohol uses in the
implementing Zoning By-law; and
d) All provincial regulations, including licensing requirements of the Alcohol and
Gaming Commission of Ontario, are met.
17)
Existing Wineries, Breweries and Distilleries that operated as legal uses prior to the
approval of this Plan will continue to be permitted under the same conditions of approval
granted by the County and the Province.
18)
Expansions to existing wineries, breweries and distilleries to the scope and/or scale of
such existing uses that require additional planning approvals from the County and/or
licenses from the Province, will be subject to the County's policies and by-laws in effect
at the time of the original approval granted by the County and the Province.
Page 100
Official Plan
4.2 Agricultural areas
19)
The following are permitted use examples of agriculture, agriculture-related, and on-
farm diversified uses within the Agricultural area designation:
a) Agricultural uses include:
i.
Agricultural crops: generally produce a harvestable product such as fruit,
vegetables, mushrooms, field crops, biomass, nursery crops, trees for
harvest/ agro-forestry, medicinal herbs, sod/turf grass and seeds; may be
used for a variety of purposes such as food, feed, bedding, medicinal
purposes, bio-products, firewood and Christmas trees; and may or may
not be harvested in the case of crops planted as cover to improve soil
health or reduce weeds or pests.
ii.
Woodlots, riparian buffers and fencerows may or may not be harvested,
but are integral to agricultural uses. As such, the protection of woodlots
and riparian buffers that are identified as Natural Heritage features and
areas and/ or within the Natural Heritage System is encouraged.
iii.
Livestock and other animals: must be raised, live on or be used on the
farm; and do not include companion animals or zoo animals.
b) Agriculture-related uses include: farm-related commercial and industrial uses
that may be located on farms or on separate agriculture-related commercial or
industrial properties.
i.
Farm-Related Commercial Uses: may include uses that provide products
or services to farms in the area, such as a farm supply co-op, farm
equipment repair shop and stock yard; sell products grown in the area,
such as a farmers' market; and sell value-added products made primarily
from produce grown in the area, such as food preserves, beer, cider,
distilled spirts and wine.
ii.
Farm-Related Industrial Uses: may include uses that process farm
commodities from the area, such as an abattoir, a feed mill, grain dryer,
cold/dry storage facility, fertilizer storage and distribution facility, food and
beverage processor (e.g. cheese factory, brewery, cidery, distillery and
winery) and agricultural biomass pelletizer.
c) On-Farm diversified uses include, but are not limited to: home occupations,
home industries, agri-tourism ventures, and uses that produce value-added
agricultural products, such as an abattoir, a processor, packager, bakery,
cheese factory, micro-brewery, cidery, and winery.
i.
Agri-tourism uses are on-farm diversified uses and include, but are not
limited to; a retreat, vacation suite, bed and breakfast, alcoholic beverage
tasting room, café, wedding venues, farm-themed playground, horse trail
ride, equine event and seasonal event.
Page 101
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
4.3 Rural Waterfront
1)
The Rural Waterfront includes all the lands associated with the approximately 500 kms
of shoreline found within the Municipality, as identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations, including:
a) Shore Lands; and
b) Open Space Lands.
4.3.1 Shore Land Designation
Lands within the Shore Lands designation represent a major landscape feature in the Municipality
that shall be made accessible to both public and private users. Shore Lands are also a major
tourist attraction as they provide the resource base for both passive and active recreational
activities. It is the intent of this Plan to require a stewardship ethic for Shore Lands that will include
landscape naturalization, guaranteed on-site retention and treatment of pollutants, and
development that is innovative and protects and conserved the natural environment.
This Plan recognizes that different areas of shoreline and associated lands may exhibit varying
recreational qualities and capacities. A range of experiences is encouraged from active social
environments through to remote environments.
Designated Shore Lands are expected to serve the projected seasonal and recreational growth
needs of the County, including through infill and intensification where in conformity with this Plan.
The intent of this Plan is to not realize the complete build out of waterfront areas, but to maintain
a reserve for future community needs.
4.3.1.1 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan for Shore Lands include:
Objective 1
Provide improved public access for all residents to the water's edge,
where appropriate, enhancing or creating views and viewing points in
appropriate locations.
Objective 2
Retain the appropriate balance between utilizing the recreational
resource and protecting its natural features.
Objective 3
Protect, conserve, and enhance the quality of the natural
environment.
Objective 4
Strengthen, expand and diversify tourism and recreational
opportunities by encouraging the upgrading and expansion of existing
facilities and the establishment of new tourism commercial uses where
servicing exists.
Objective 5
Support the expansion of commercial tourism to year-round use.
Page 102
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
Objective 6
Enhance the open space, natural character of the Shore
Lands through efforts to increase the amount of land that is either in
public ownership or is permanently preserved for conservation
purposes, through parkland acquisition, establishment of conservation
easements and acquisition through land trusts.
Objective 7
Recognize the extensive interface between the Shore Lands,
the Agricultural area and the Rural Lands and protect the integrity of
the rural/agricultural community.
Objective 8
Discourage the conversion of tourist commercial uses to residential
uses.
4.3.1.2 Policies
1)
The following uses may be permitted within this designation:
a) Low density residential uses, limited to single-detached dwellings which may
include second units and garden suites;
b) Private and public open spaces and Open Space;
c) Existing agricultural, agriculture-related and on-farm diversified uses and
expansions thereof; and
d) Public uses and public and private utilities.
2)
In addition, commercial uses may be permitted within this designation, including:
a) Resort commercial uses which provide accommodation and amenities for the
vacationing public;
b) Resort institutional uses which provide camping and resort type
accommodation.
c) Tourist commercial businesses catering to the day-to-day and recreational
needs of tourists (such as a convenience store, spa, golf course, mini-golf
course, driving range, or eating establishment);
d) Marine commercial uses which provide facilities and amenities such as
docking, boat storage, fuel, service and repairs, and commercial fishing and
associated businesses;
e) Small scale businesses and home businesses that provide accommodation,
goods and services;
f) Water-related businesses;
g) Tent, trailer and recreational vehicle parks; and
h) Accessory residential uses for owner/operators and associated staff.
Page 103
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
3)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan.
4)
The Shore Lands designation generally reflects the physical limits of the existing
shoreline community. The shoreline community functions as a series of existing
residential neighbourhoods, resort commercial activities and parks, open space and
conservation uses, all touching on and focused on the adjacent lakes. In addition, the
boundaries generally reflect areas that are physically or functionally related to the
shoreline areas of the County.
5)
Shore Lands are identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations and include
those public and private lands that abut or are islands in the lakes in or adjacent to the
County, which are either developed or potentially available for development, and which
are not constrained by significant natural features and their ecological functions, or
constrained by poor access or proximity to incompatible uses. Given the historical
nature of this designation and availability of more up to date environmental information,
Council shall undertake a review of the Shore Lands designation to determine if this
designation is needed and/or which lands are best suited for this designation. Shore
Lands boundaries identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations are
approximate and may be extended without amendment to this Plan if
a development proposal includes additional lands beyond the identified boundary that
are physically and functionally related to the shoreline and the property being
developed and are not located within or adjacent to significant natural heritage features
or areas.
6)
Expansion into or development that will conflict with farming operations in
the Agricultural area will not be permitted.
7)
Due to issues of environmental impact, visual impact, access and servicing, islands of
less than 0.8 hectares in areas shall not be developed.
8)
The beds of waterbodies are public lands in Ontario. All new development, including
but not limited to docking facilities, shall be required to ensure all necessary
authorizations from MNRF have been received.
9)
All new development shall be required to meet the Minimum Distance Separation
(MDS) Formulae established by the Province, as amended from time to time.
10)
All new development shall reflect, as appropriate, the Design Policies for Shore Lands
outlined in Appendix C of this Plan.
11)
Residential development on individual on-site water services and individual on-site
sewage services shall be limited to single-detached dwellings including second units
Page 104
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
and garden suites, with a minimum lot area greater than or equal to 0.8 hectares with
sufficient area to accommodate services.
12)
The re-designation of waterfront lands to the Shore Lands designation shall be
considered only through a review of needs associated with projected seasonal and
recreational demand, factoring in the overall effect on the environment and on its
Natural Heritage System and impact on associated Natural Heritage Features and
Areas and Linkages and their ecological functions.
Resort Commercial, Tourist Commercial and Marine Commercial Uses
13)
Permitted resort, tourist and marine commercial uses may only be located on land
parcels in the Shore Lands designation which are large enough to accommodate
buildings, parking, water and sanitary sewage services, landscaping and recreational
facilities.
14)
Adequate and safe access to a maintained public road that has the capacity to support
the increased traffic shall be provided. Where appropriate, safe and adequate boat
access and swimming areas shall be provided.
15)
The following criteria will be considered as part of the comprehensive evaluation of
a development application in order to confirm the suitability of a new resort, tourist
and/or marine commercial use or a major expansion of existing uses:
a) The adequacy of the shoreline frontage for related active and passive
recreational uses;
b) The suitability of the proposed density and scale of the development in
relation to the site and surrounding land uses, including access and impact on
the existing road infrastructure;
c) The adequacy of parking and docking facilities;
d) The suitability of the site for sanitary sewage disposal facilities and water
supply, as determined through a servicing options investigation;
e) The impact of the development on surface and subsurface water, as
determined through a hydrogeological study and a stormwater management
investigation;
f) The incorporation of large areas of passive and active open spaces into
the development scheme;
g) The protection of shoreline and other natural heritage features;
h) The impact on natural heritage features (both on and off site); and,
i) Contribution toward the development of an identified and or integrated trail
system.
Page 105
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
16)
Conversion of resort commercial uses to non-commercial uses will be strongly
discouraged.
17)
The reasonable redevelopment and expansion of existing resort commercial
properties is encouraged provided:
a) the site and abutting water area have the physical capability to support the
expanded use;
b) redevelopment will not adversely impact abutting properties; and,
c) where multi-unit resort commercial development is proposed to be registered
by way of plan of condominium, private communal sewage and water
services will be included.
18)
Potential Tourist Resort Areas as shown on Schedule 'F': Recreation & Tourism are
lands within the Shore Lands designation that provide the opportunity for major tourist
commercial and recreational development. Development proposals for destination
resorts are encouraged. Such resorts shall provide a variety of activities, recreational
facilities, business meeting and conference facilities to extend the tourist seasons and
a variety of accommodation units. The development of Potential Tourist Resort Areas
will help the County achieve:
a) An increase in tourist accommodations and a critical mass in tourist
accommodation facilities;
b) An increase in recreational amenities and attractions; and
c) Tourism on a four-season basis by accommodating business meetings and
conferences.
19)
The development of any Potential Tourist Resort Area shall be in accordance with the
provisions of the Shore Lands designation policies of this Plan, and if not already
designated, will require an Official Plan Amendment to extend the Shore Lands
designation.
20)
The establishment of new tent, trailer and recreational vehicle parks, or major
expansion of an existing park, shall require a comprehensive evaluation. The
development or expansion of a tent, trailer or recreational vehicle park shall be subject
to the following:
a) Ownership forms such as condominium registration or long-term leases shall
be considered;
b) The minimum lot area for a new tent, trailer or recreational vehicle park shall
be 4 hectares;
c) The maximum number of sites in a park shall not exceed 30 per hectare, with
individual sites generally not less than 200 square metres;
Page 106
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
d) The minimum lot shoreline shall be the product of 1.5 metres for each site in a
park. A lesser minimum may be considered where it has been determined that
reduced shoreline frontage is appropriate in consideration of other factors,
such as complementary recreational amenities;
e) Where development occurs in areas not fully serviced, resort and shoreline
developments are to be serviced by adequate private communal water
services and private communal sewage services as approved by the County;
f) The park shall be adequately separated and buffered from existing residential
uses, with sites and activity areas generally being located no closer than
120 metres from a residentially zoned property. A lesser setback may be
considered where it has been determined through study and consideration of
environmental factors that the lesser setback provides adequate
separation and buffering;
g) Landscaping made up of native vegetation shall be used to reduce the visual
impact of the development from abutting properties, the road and the water;
h) Site Plan Control will apply to any tent, trailer or recreational vehicle park; and,
i) The development shall at all times be a three (3) season development, not
including the winter season.
21)
Multiple unit, mixed use resort development which includes tourist commercial
accommodation and residential accommodation may be permitted where private
communal water services and private communal sewage services are provided,
appropriate responsibility agreements are entered into with the County, and provided
the commercial character and function of the operation are maintained by requiring the
following in zoning and municipal agreements:
a) A minimum of 50% of the units will be in commercial use, available for
transient accommodation;
b) Commercial resort that has a variety of on-site facilities which are available to
the residential and commercial resort components of the development;
c) Central management will be provided; and,
d) Ongoing services and recreational facilities that are a normal part of a resort
commercial facility will be provided and maintained.
22)
Wherever possible, communal as opposed to individual docking facilities will be
encouraged in Shore Lands development to reduce the disturbance caused to the bed
of the water body and the visual obstructions along the shoreline.
Page 107
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
4.3.2 Open Space Lands Designation
The Open Space Lands designation represents a valuable resource that is found throughout the
County. Major components include renowned national wildlife areas, provincial parks, natural
heritage conservation areas and the Millennium Trail. Largely accessible to the public, these open
spaces accommodate many different active and passive recreational activities that benefit local
residents and visitors of all ages. The intent of this Plan is to protect, conserve, and enhance the
wildlife and biodiversity of these open spaces by protecting, conserving and enhancing their
natural environments, provide recreational opportunities that do not compromise those
environments, and leverage their value in ways that benefit the local community, including the
tourism sector.
Other substantive components of the Open Space Lands designation are in federal and provincial
ownership, and accommodate non-recreational open space uses to which access is restricted,
such as Mountain View Airport and various utility installations. The intent of this Plan is to support
the public interest in accommodating of these uses.
4.3.2.1 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan for Open Space Lands include:
Objective 1
Sustain and enhance the quality of the natural environment.
Objective 2
Retain the appropriate balance between utilizing the recreational
resource and protecting its natural features.
Objective 3
Provide improved public access for all residents to the water's edge,
where appropriate, enhancing or creating views and viewing points in
appropriate locations.
Objective 4
Recognize the contribution transportation, communications and
institutional uses located on public lands make to the economic well-
being of the Municipality and promote their continued long-term
viability.
Objective 5
Encourage the Federal and Provincial Governments to ensure the
ongoing development and viability of federal and provincial facilities.
Objective 6
Recognize and support the management of the constraints associated
with certain lands.
4.3.2.2 Policies
1)
The following uses may be permitted within this designation:
a) Public parks and beaches;
b) Major open spaces;
c) Conservation areas, including wildlife observation points;
Page 108
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
d) Boat launching, boat docking and marine facilities;
e) Sports grounds and other areas associated with public recreational uses, such
as ballparks, tennis courts, playgrounds, golf driving ranges and golf courses;
f) Recreational trails for active transportation, such as walking, hiking, bicycling
and cross-country skiing, and Open Space activities such as snowmobiling;
g) Agriculture, forestry, fish and wildlife management and other natural resources
management uses;
h) Uses complementary and necessary to the permitted outdoor recreational land
uses such as food concessions, general variety stores, offices, storage and
service areas and buildings, and accessory residential accommodation for
attendants; and
i) Public uses and public and private utilities.
2)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan.
3)
The Open Space Lands are designated on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations.
4)
By virtue of their ownership status, it is recognized that the ultimate uses on lands
under their ownership shall be determined by the Federal or Provincial governments.
Notwithstanding that recognition, the uses desired by the Municipality on public
lands include:
a) Public uses;
b) Recreational uses; and
c) Public and private utilities.
5)
Open Space Lands will be developed in a manner which maintains the integrity of the
natural environmental, protects and conserves the habitat of plant and animal life
and protects and conserves the quality of soil, air and water resources.
6)
Where Open Space Lands are under private ownership, this Plan shall not be
construed as implying that such areas are free and open to the general public.
7)
Development shall be compatible with its surrounding areas and adjacent land uses,
including natural heritage features and areas. Where necessary, facilities shall be
designed to provide adequate spatial separation, buffer planting with native plants,
landscaping and fencing to minimize potential adverse effects.
Page 109
Official Plan
4.3 Rural Waterfront
8)
Open Space uses may be located in remote areas in order to provide unique outdoor
recreational experiences while protecting and conserving the natural environment.
9)
Adequate parking facilities shall be established for outdoor recreational uses. Access
points to recreational areas and associated parking shall be designed to protect and
conserve the natural environment and to minimize potential conflicts between vehicular
and pedestrian traffic.
10)
Wherever possible, communal as opposed to individual, docking and boat
launching facilities will be encouraged to reduce the disturbance caused to the bed of
the water body and the visual obstructions along the shoreline.
11)
Prior
to
development on
public lands in
the Open
Space Lands designation,
consultation shall take place between the appropriate government agency and the
County to consider such plans for development and to ensure that new development is
carried out in a manner which protects and conserves the natural environment
and minimizes social and economic impacts.
12)
The beds of waterbodies are public lands in Ontario. All new development, including
but not limited to docking facilities, shall be required to ensure all necessary
authorizations from MNRF have been received.
13)
It is recognized that public access to certain Open Space Lands is restricted due to
their features and/or the nature of their former and ongoing uses. These lands shall be
identified and regulated through appropriate zoning.
Page 110
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
4.4 The Countryside
1)
The Countryside includes all of the lands outside of the identified Settlement Areas and
Agricultural area, and contains a number of land use designations, as identified
on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations, including:
a) Rural Lands;
b) Rural Industrial Lands;
c) Environmental Protection; and
d) Aggregate Resource Lands.
4.4.1 Rural Lands Designation
Rural Lands within the County are home to a diverse, vibrant community comprised of
prosperous, innovative agricultural and agriculture-related operations, rural residences, rural-
based businesses, open spaces, rural commercial uses, recreational amenities and cultural
heritage buildings and landscapes. Rural Lands are and will continue to be an essential part of
the County's unique character. The intent of the Plan is to maintain the natural, scenic and cultural
heritage attributes of Rural Lands and promote the rural character, lifestyle and open landscape,
while supporting an array of compatible activities.
Although Rural Lands are characterized as having lower agricultural capability due to a variety of
factors, the intent of the Plan is to protect and support agricultural activities as the predominant
land use, and to avoid conflicting uses or incompatible development while, at the same time,
encouraging a range of resource-based and appropriate non-agricultural economic activities.
Rural Lands are a resource valued by County residents, many of whom enjoy a rural lifestyle that
may or may not be linked to agriculture. The desire for a rural lifestyle will be accommodated
while addressing the ability of the County to efficiently and economically provide services. The
policies in this Section of this Plan provide innovative solutions for responding to the demand for
rural living.
4.4.1.1 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan with respect Rural Lands are to:
Objective 1
Support strong rural communities.
Objective 2
Allow limited residential development that provides access to rural
living opportunities. County Lot subdivisions shall not be permitted.
Objective 3
Manage rural development in an efficient manner that minimizes land
use conflicts.
Objective 4
Protect, conserve and enhance the significant natural heritage
features and areas and their associated ecological functions within
the Rural Lands.
Page 111
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
Objective 5
Protect, conserve, enhance and effectively manage the natural
resources found on Rural Lands.
Objective 6
Encourage agriculture-related businesses and rural-based economic
activities.
Objective 7
Minimize additional demand for municipal services and transportation
infrastructure.
4.4.1.2 Policies
1)
The predominant use of land in this designation shall be all types, sizes and intensities
of resource based, recreational, tourism, limited residential and rural businesses that
support the prosperity of the rural area. Specifically, the following uses may be
permitted within this designation:
a) All of the uses permitted in Section 4.2, Agricultural areas designation, in
accordance with the applicable Section 3.0 Shaping the County Policies;
Limited residential development that respects the rural character of the area;
b) Commercial uses, including tourism opportunities, which are appropriate in
scale and are part of, and support, the rural and agricultural economy;
c) Industrial uses which are appropriate in scale and are part of, and support, the
rural and agricultural economy. Outdoor industrial operations and outdoor
storage are generally not permitted;
d) Community and recreational uses;
e) Cemeteries;
f) Institutional uses;
g) Resource-based recreational uses such as cottages and camps that are not a
permanent residence, country inns, golf courses, hiking trails and marinas; and,
h) Public uses and public and private utilities.
2)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan.
3)
Rural Lands are identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations and include
areas where agriculture continues to be active, but where soils are predominantly
shallow and non-agricultural uses have developed. The Rural Lands include lands
where Class 4, 5, 6 and 7 soils are predominate, as defined in the "Canada Land
Inventory: Soil Capability for Agriculture", generally predominate.
4)
Development in the Rural Lands will be directed to areas:
Page 112
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
a) where the development will not negatively impact or constrain agricultural
operations;
b) that are well serviced by municipal roads, facilities and other services;
c) that front on a year-round municipally maintained road that does not
require any undue extension of the County road system; and,
d) where the development will not negatively impact the significant natural
heritage features and areas and their associated ecological functions as
outlined in Section 3.1 of this Plan.
5)
Development shall respect the scenic nature of the Rural Lands landscape, and lots
shall be of sufficient area to accommodate servicing to the standards of the appropriate
authority.
6)
All development in the Rural Lands designation will comply with Minimum Distance
Separation (MDS) Formulae established by the Province, as amended from time to
time.
7)
Agricultural uses requiring smaller acreages or developed as lifestyle or incubator
operations will be permitted in the Rural Lands designation, if the lot is appropriately
sized to accommodate the use without generating potentially conflicting off-site
impacts.
8)
The adaptive reuse of existing heritage structures will be encouraged to preserve
cultural heritage buildings and landscapes that would otherwise disappear as a result
of no longer being required for agricultural purposes. Appropriate standards addressing
variation in size due to the historic nature of certain structures may be implemented
through site specific zoning.
9)
All new development shall reflect as appropriate the Design Policies for Rural Lands
and Agricultural areas outlined in Appendix C of this Plan.
10)
Commercial, tourism, recreational and institutional uses within Rural Lands designation
shall be permitted subject to the following criteria:
a) the use is primarily related to, or serves, the rural economy, agricultural
operations or rural-based recreational activities;
b) the lot upon which the use is located is of an adequate size and configuration
to support the proposed use and the scale of the operation is appropriate to
the site and the surrounding area;
c) the activity is limited to low water and low effluent producing uses and the site
is capable of accommodating the use on private water and on-site private
sanitary sewage treatment systems and does not have an adverse effect on
neighbouring private wells;
Page 113
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
d) recreational and tourism uses shall be related to, and be within proximity to a
rural resource that supports the use; and,
e) institutional uses must be primarily related to, and directly serve, the needs of
the rural community.
4.4.2 Rural Industrial Lands Designation
Rural Industrial Lands identify a number of existing rural industrial properties that accommodate
important employment generating businesses within the County. Rural Industrial Lands are
expected to provide diversity to the County's land supply for business.
The intent of this Plan is to accommodate industrial, manufacturing, and creative rural economy
uses that typically require a larger building, larger lot, or outdoor storage area than is appropriate
within the County's rural context. These uses often require separation from sensitive land uses to
ensure compatibility and minimize off site adverse impacts.
4.4.2.1 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan related to the Rural Industrial Lands designation include:
Objective 1
Support a diverse range of commercial and industrial uses that meet
local and regional service needs, create employment, maximize the
use of the land, encourage revitalization of existing industrial areas,
and foster opportunities for economic development.
Objective 2
Protect and preserve industrial uses and their associated employment
opportunities for current and future development.
Objective 3
Ensure the compatibility of industrial development with the
surrounding rural context, while permitting such development the
opportunity to expand as needed.
Objective 4
Ensure that permitted industrial development contributes to the vision
and character of the County.
4.4.2.2 Policies
1)
The following uses may be permitted within this designation:
a) All uses permitted in the Agricultural area.
b) Industrial uses including: warehousing and storage; logistics and freight
forwarding; manufacturing, assembly and processing of materials and products;
c) Research and development facilities;
d) Office and showroom retail uses that are directly associated with the identified
industrial use;
Page 114
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
e) Service commercial uses that specifically serve the industrial function of the
designated area;
f) Farm machinery and farm supply sales;
g) Limited outdoor operations and storage; and
h) Public uses and public and private utilities.
2)
The County may refine the list of permitted uses through the provisions of the
implementing Zoning By-Law. Development of any specific permitted use shall be
subject to the policies of this Plan.
3)
Designated Rural Industrial Lands are lands set aside for industrial and associated
ancillary uses which benefit from a rural location due to:
a) The need for a relatively large site; and/or
b) The need for access to major transportation routes; and/or
c) The need to be close to rural resources.
4)
Industrial uses within the Rural Lands designation shall be small in scale, generally on
sites less than 2 hectares, or a complimentary part of a larger, existing agricultural use.
In addition, industrial uses within the Rural Lands designation shall be subject to the
following criteria:
a) the use is not more appropriately located in an Urban Centres, Villages or
Hamlets or in a Rural Industrial Lands designation;
b) the use is primarily related to, or serves, the rural economy, agricultural
operations or rural based recreational activities;
c) the lot upon which the use is located is of an adequate size and configuration
to support the proposed use and the scale of the operation is appropriate to the
site and the surrounding area;
d) the activity is limited to low water and low effluent producing uses and the site
is capable of accommodating the use on private water and sewage treatment
systems;
e) the activity does not interfere with and is compatible with surrounding uses; and
f) the industrial use must specifically serve the rural community or be directly
related to an existing agricultural operation.
5)
Rural Industrial Lands shall be industrial and limited commercial uses which do not use
significant amounts of water in their operation and which do not produce significant
amounts of effluent, consistent with rural servicing levels which rely on private water
and sanitary sewage systems.
Page 115
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
6)
Industrial operations will be properly separated and screened from residential uses and
not be located in proximity to existing Settlement Areas, Natural Heritage Features and
Areas or lands designated Shore Lands or Open Space Lands.
7)
Access to industrial operations shall be from a public road that is of a construction and
standard to service the traffic associated with the use. Haul routes may be identified to
minimize the impact of truck traffic on residential uses and to avoid existing Settlement
Areas.
8)
New development in proximity to a Rural Industrial Lands designation and designated
Employment Areas in this Plan or Secondary Plans shall avoid the encroachment of
incompatible land uses on industrial uses to protect future employment expansion
opportunities and minimize the potential for future development conflicts. The County
shall ensure compatibility between industrial uses and nearby sensitive land uses by:
a) The MECP guideline "D-6 Compatibility Between Industrial Facilities and
Sensitive Land Uses" or any succeeding guidance documents; and
b) Screening outdoor storage areas from neighbouring properties and public
roads as a means of reducing or eliminating the visual impacts on the rural
character.
Where avoidance is not possible in accordance with the above-noted policy, the
County shall protect the long-term viability of existing or planned industrial,
manufacturing, or other uses that are vulnerable to encroachment by ensuring
that the planning and development of proposed adjacent sensitive land uses
are only permitted if the following are demonstrated in accordance with
provincial guidelines, standards and procedures:
i.
there is an identified need for the proposed use;
ii.
alternative locations for the proposed use have been evaluated and there
are no reasonable alternative locations;
iii.
adverse effects to the proposed sensitive land use and minimized and
mitigated; and
iv.
potential impacts to industrial, manufacturing, or other uses are minimized
and mitigated.
9)
Expansion of industrial development shall provide adequate off-street parking and
loading. Access points to parking and loading will be designed to minimize the potential
conflict between pedestrian and vehicular traffic. In addition, the County will consider
the preparation of design guidelines for rural industrial development addressing:
a) Building orientation, design, and setbacks;
b) Landscaping, screening, and fencing;
Page 116
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
c) Outdoor storage;
d) Signage; and
e) Parking and loading.
10)
An amendment to the Official Plan is required for any new industrial use that is to be
located on land not currently designated Rural Industrial Lands on Schedule 'A': Land
Use Designations, in order to assess the nature of the operation, the appropriateness
of the site and its potential impacts on the environment, adjacent land uses and the
road system. This policy does not apply to any industrial use that is permitted as
an agricultural-related use or an on-farm diversified use in the Agricultural areas and
Rural Lands designations.
4.4.3 Environmental Protection Designation
The Municipality's long-term prosperity and environmental health depend on conserving
biodiversity and protecting the health of its land and water resources, including Lake Ontario and
the Bay of Quinte. It is the intent of this Plan to:
a) Protect natural features and their associated ecological functions for the long term;
b) Recognize linkages between and among natural heritage features, surface water features
and groundwater features; and
c) Maintain, restore or, where possible, improve the diversity and connectivity of the County's
natural features and the long-term ecological functions and biodiversity of the Natural
Heritage System, further detailed in Section 3.1 of this Plan.
All significant natural heritage features and areas within the Environmental Protection
Designation are also components of the identified Natural Heritage System established by
Section 3.1, where additional detailed policies related to environmental protection can be found.
4.4.3.1 Objectives
The objectives of this Plan for the Environmental Protection designation are to:
Objective 1
Protect, maintain, restore and enhance the health and biodiversity of
the County's natural heritage features and their associated ecological
functions and protect them from incompatible development.
Objective 2
Recognize that natural features will vary in significance, size and form
in the identified Settlement Areas, and throughout the Countryside.
Objective 3
Recognize the contribution that all features specified in
the Environmental Protection designation, provides to open space and
recreational activities, tourist opportunities and the economy of the
County.
Page 117
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
4.4.3.2 Policies
1)
Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations identifies the Environmental Protection
designation. The Environmental Protection designation includes:
a) Provincially Significant Wetlands (PSW) and Provincially Significant Coastal
wetlands.
b) Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSIs). Although the province
differentiates between those which it has deemed to be of provincial
significance and those which it deems to be of regional significance, the County
considers all such areas to be important for the purposes of maintaining the
ecological integrity of the County.
2)
Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas identifies boundaries of PSWs/ANSIs as
well as ANSI - Candidate sites. ANSI- Candidate sites shall be reviewed for their
conformity to provincial guidelines of significance, and if qualified, may be identified as
Regionally or Provincially Significant ANSIs, without the need for an amendment to this
Plan. Where such PSWs/ANSIs have been identified, adjacent development shall be
subject to the requirements of the County, as articulated in this Plan and through
consultation with Quinte Conservation.
3)
The boundaries of the Environmental Protection designation on Schedule 'A': Land
Use Designations and the boundaries of the PSWs/ANSIs shown on Schedule 'B':
Natural Features & Areas are generalized. Where new development is proposed
within 120 metres of any identified PSW/ANSIs life science ANSIs, or within 50 metres
of earth science ANSIs, more precise definition of the feature and required buffer
limits will be established through the preparation of an Environmental Impact Study
(EIS), subject to the approval of the County, in consultation with Quinte Conservation
and any agency having jurisdiction.
4)
The County, in partnership with the Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry, may
identify other PSWs/ANSIs it believes warrant protection from time to time, in
accordance with provincial requirements.
5)
Development shall not be permitted in the Environmental Protection designation.
6)
Notwithstanding 5) above, no policy in this Section of this Plan is intended to limit the
ability of existing agricultural uses to continue.
7)
An Environmental Impact Study (EIS), subject to the approval of the County, in
consultation with Quinte Conservation and any agency having jurisdiction, shall be
prepared
for
any development within
120 metres of
identified
PSW/ANSIs or
within 50 metres of earth science ANSIs.
8)
An Environmental Impact Study (EIS), where required by policies of this Plan, shall:
Page 118
Official Plan
4.4 The Countryside
a) Be completed by a qualified professional environmental scientist in accordance
with the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry's Natural Heritage
Reference Manual for Natural Heritage Policies of the Provincial Policy
Statement (2020), as amended from time to time;
b) Address applicable matters set out in the Sample Terms of Reference for an
Environmental Impact Study (EIS) as contained in Appendix B to this Plan and
as may be revised without amendment to this Plan;
c) At a minimum, identify that there will be no negative impacts on the natural
feature or its associated ecological functions and specify how any development
activities are to be compatible with the feature;
d) Under no circumstances, provide a minimum buffer area adjacent to PSW
and/or ANSIs features that is less than 30 metres; and
e) Provide that any required buffer enhances existing PSW/ANSIs values through
buffer improvements.
9)
An applicant shall pre-consult with the County pursuant to Section 5.1.6 of this Plan
prior to commencing the Environmental Impact Study (EIS) to ensure the document
will be prepared to the satisfaction of the County, Quinte Conservation, and in
consultation with the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry, as
appropriate.
10)
Regardless of the scale of adjacent development activity, opportunities to improve
upon PSWs/ANSIs which may have been degraded in the past, or which have
insufficient natural buffers to support their full range of natural functions will be
considered when development applications are reviewed.
Page 119
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
1)
In addition to the land use designations outlined in Section 4.1 - 4.4, this Plan includes
a number of other policy directives that are related to the following land use
and development elements:
a) Mineral Aggregate Resources;
b) Tourism Corridors;
c) Abandoned Gas Wells, Potential Fire Hazards, Wayside pits and quarries and
Portable Asphalt Plans;
d) Natural Core Areas;
e) Natural Core Area Linkages
2)
The policies of this Section of this Plan are to be read in conjunction with the land use
policies set out in Sections 4.1 - 4.4 and the respective areas to which they apply.
3)
The policies of this Section of this Plan are Overlay Designations/Symbols and are not
in themselves land use designations but rather overarching policies that are intended
to provide additional guidance for achieving attractive, healthy and sustainable
development throughout the Countryside and, in some instances, within the Settlement
Areas. They also provide a trigger for more detailed analyses that may be required
through the development application and approval processes.
4.5.1 Mineral Aggregate Resources
1)
Mineral aggregate operations shall be protected from development and activities that
would preclude or hinder their expansion or continued use or which would be
incompatible for reasons of public health, public safety or environmental impact.
Existing mineral aggregate operations shall be permitted to continue without the need
for official plan amendment, rezoning or development permit under the Planning Act.
Where the Aggregate Resources Act applies, only processes under the Aggregate
Resources Act shall address the depth of extraction of new or existing mineral
aggregate operations. When a license for extraction or operation ceases to exist, the
resource continues to be protected in accordance with policy 4.5.1 2)
2)
Mineral Aggregate Resources are identified as Aggregate Deposits and as Bedrock
Drift Thickness <1 metre on Schedule 'D': Resource Areas. They are areas of high
potential for mineral aggregate extraction and generally consist of sand and gravel
deposits and selected bedrock resources that the Province has identified as being of
significance.
For the purposes of this policy, adjacent lands shall mean within 300 metres of a known
unconsolidated deposit (e.g. sand, gravel, or clay) or a mineral pit operation; or within
Page 120
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
500 metres of a known bedrock deposit or bedrock quarry operation. Environmental
studies (ie: noise, hydrogeology) shall be required to assess potential impact if
development is proposed within this influence area. This influence area shall be applied
reciprocally to new sensitive land uses encroaching on an existing extraction operation
or lands committed for future extraction.
3)
On lands adjacent to, or within the areas identified in 1) above, development which
would preclude or hinder new aggregate operations or access to the resource will only
be allowed if:
a) Resource extraction use would not be feasible;
b) The proposed development serves a greater long-term public interest; in this
case, reasonable efforts will be made to use the resource wherever
practical; and
c) Issues of public health, public safety and environmental impact are
addressed.
4)
New aggregate operations are discouraged from identified Steep Slope areas as
identified on Schedule 'C': Constraint Areas.
5)
In addition to the uses allowed by the underlying designation identified on Schedule
'A': Land Use Designations, the following uses may be allowed in areas identified as
Aggregate Deposits or as Bedrock Drift Thickness <1 metre on Schedule 'D':
Resource Areas:
a) Aggregate extraction;
b) Associated uses such as stripping, berm construction, screen planting,
landscaping, drilling, blasting, haulage, crushing, screening, washing,
stockpiling, storage, loading, weighing, equipment parking, repair and
maintenance, office facilities, importing and blending materials, environmental
and safety control features and rehabilitation uses; and,
c) Ancillary uses such as asphalt plants, concrete plants, aggregate transfer
stations, stockpiling, crushing and blending of aggregates with materials such
as salt, sand-salt mixture and recycled road material.
6)
New mineral aggregate operations on lands not currently designated Aggregate
Resources Lands on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations shall only be established
through an Official Plan Amendment. New or expanded mineral aggregate operations
also require appropriate rezoning and licensing. Official Plan Amendment and
Rezoning applications to allow mineral aggregate operations are subject to all relevant
policies of this Plan. In considering proposals to establish new aggregate operations,
the following matters will be considered:
a) The impact on adjacent land uses and residents and public health and safety;
b) The impact on the physical (including natural) environment;
Page 121
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
c) The capabilities for agriculture and other land uses;
d) The impact on the transportation system;
e) The impact on existing and potential municipal water supply resources;
f) The possible effect on the water table or surface drainage patterns;
g) The manner in which the operation will be carried out;
h) The nature of rehabilitation work that is proposed; and
i) The effect on cultural heritage resources and other matters deemed relevant
by Council.
j) Where provincial requirements under the Ministry of Natural Resources and
Forestry can be met for the issuance of a license or permit for the aggregate
operation.
7)
All proposals for new or expanded aggregate extraction operations on lands not
currently designated Aggregate Resources Lands on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations shall include a plan for eventual rehabilitation. The plan shall:
a) Provide for progressive rehabilitation whenever feasible;
b) Be prepared in detail by a qualified professional;
c) Be compatible with the long term uses permitted by the surrounding land use
designations;
d) Meet provincial standards;
e) On lands that are proposed to be re-designated from Agricultural areas to
Aggregate Resources Lands, provide a detailed agricultural rehabilitation plan
which restores substantially the same areas and average soil quality for
agriculture as before extraction occurred, unless the depth of the extraction
activity makes restoration of pre-existing agricultural capability unfeasible;
f) On lands that are proposed to be re-designated from Rural Lands to
Aggregate Resources Lands, provide a detailed agricultural rehabilitation plan
which, whenever feasible, restores substantially the same areas and average
soil quality for agriculture as before extraction occurred; and,
g) On lands that are proposed to be re-designated from Environmental
Protection to Aggregate Resource Lands, provide a detailed environmental
rehabilitation plan which restores the ecological function of the areas as
before extraction occurred;
h) Once the lands have been rehabilitated, the Owner must re-designate the
lands to the original designation or to the approval of the County.
Page 122
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
8)
In the Agricultural area, aggregate extraction is considered an interim use, provided
the site will be rehabilitated to an agricultural condition. The extraction area will not be
removed from the Agricultural designation and impacts on surrounding agricultural
operations will be mitigated to the extent feasible.
9)
Mineral aggregate resource conservation shall be undertaken, including through the
use of accessory aggregate recycling facilities within operations, wherever feasible.
4.5.2 Tourism Corridors
1)
The County is renowned as a scenic destination with a unique combination of water
views, rural landscapes and heritage architecture. Linking picturesque towns, villages
and hamlets through an ever-changing countryside are roads and trails that give
access to businesses as well as cultural and recreational attractions of particular
interest to tourists. These Tourism Corridors, the most significant being the Loyalist
Parkway, are identified on Schedule 'F': Tourism & Recreation.
2)
The Tourism Corridors identified include those existing roads in the County which have
a historic or scenic value for tourists and travelling visitors. Along the Tourism
Corridors, it is the intent of the County to carefully manage development regarding the
location, siting and landscaping of new development and to mitigate the visual impacts
of less desirable roadside features such as billboards, waste disposal sites and
industrial land uses.
3)
The Tourism Corridors identified recognize the important linkages between all the
public, non-profit and private sectors in supplying services related to tourism, including
the key elements of the Natural Heritage System, the Rural Lands and the Agricultural
areas, which together enhance the highly desirable countryside landscape.
4)
Where permitted by the underlying designation along the Tourism Corridors,
appropriate tourist-related developments are encouraged in suitable locations. They
form the basis for building a critical mass in tourism activities and for making associated
municipal decisions related to providing programs and services in support of the
tourism industry.
5)
The County shall promote the provision of roadside park areas, camera stops near
scenic overlooks and access to buildings of historical and architectural value along the
Tourism Corridors.
6)
Walking, cycling/skiing and active sport facilities are encouraged within and along the
Tourism Corridors so that they will link tourist attractions and accommodations with
multiple transportation modes.
7)
New high-quality attractions, facilities, services, and events are encouraged along the
Tourism Corridors where they are permitted by the underlying designation. They must
Page 123
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
be compatible with the countryside character and charm of the County and are
encouraged to be year-round to promote economic development throughout the year.
8)
All new development in Tourism Corridors shall conform to the Policies in this Plan.
9)
All new development in Tourism Corridors shall reflect, as appropriate, the Design
Policies in Appendix C of this Plan.
4.5.3 Wayside Pits and Quarries
1)
The establishment of wayside pits and quarries as defined in this Plan is permitted
throughout the County, except in areas of existing residential development or within
the Environmental Protection designation identified on Schedule 'A': Land Use
Designations.
2)
Wayside pits and quarries used on public authority contracts shall be permitted, without
the need for an Official Plan amendment, rezoning or development permit under the
Planning Act in all areas, except those areas of existing development or particular
environmental sensitivity which have been determined to be incompatible with
extraction and associated activities
3)
The establishment of portable concrete or asphalt plants is permitted throughout the
designated Agricultural areas and Rural Lands without amendment to this Plan.
4)
Portable Concrete or Asphalt Plants used on public authority contracts shall be
permitted, without the need for and Official Plan amendment, rezoning or development
permit under the Planning Act in all areas, except those areas of existing development
or particular environmental sensitivity - which have been determined to be
incompatible with extraction and associated activities.
5)
All Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks separation distances must be met
by the established plants.
4.5.4 Natural Core Areas
1)
A Natural Core Area is a broad zone in which there is a concentration of natural
features which are critical to the ecological health of the County as a whole. The
purpose of identifying Natural Core Areas is to maintain, and where possible improve,
the ecological integrity of that area, and its contribution to the ecological health of the
County.
2)
Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas identifies eleven Natural Core Areas:
Page 124
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
a. North Bay/Pleasant Bay/Huyck's Bay;
b. Carrying Place;
c. Sawguin;
d. Demorestville;
e. Big Swamp/Little Swamp;
f. South Bloomfield Area;
g. Sandbanks;
h. North and East Picton;
i.
Cape Vessey;
j.
Black River Complex; and
k. The South Shore.
3)
Residential development (subdivisions, site plans, and condominiums) is permitted
within a Natural Core Area that is within a Settlement Area subject to approved
Environment Impact Study (EIS). Limited residential development via severance
(consents) may continue to be permitted within Natural Core Areas, subject to the
applicable policies of this Plan. Major Development (commercial or industrial) outside
of Settlement Areas and which requires an Official Plan Amendment will not be
permitted.
4)
The County will work with Quinte Conservation and other partners (i.e. Hastings Prince
Edward Land Trust, Nature Conservancy of Canada, Ontario Ministry of Environment,
Conservation and Parks, etc.) to prioritize lands within identified Natural Core Areas for
their securement into public ownership. The placement of identified lands into Land
Trusts, and/or for seeking funding and partnership opportunities for these lands will:
a. Ensure the long-term protection of the landscape and the associated natural
heritage features and areas and associated ecological functions;
b. Provide opportunities to restore or rehabilitate areas where habitat has been lost;
c. Provide assistance to landowners wishing to improve land management activities;
Page 125
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
d. Create area-based, ecologically sensitive management strategies;
e. Promote the management of hay fields and old field communities for grassland
nesting birds; and
f. Facilitate stream, shoreline and wetland riparian enhancement projects, fisheries
enhancement projects, tree planting and woodland enhancement projects.
4.5.5 Natural Core Area Linkages
1)
A Natural Core Linkage is a connection identified between Natural Core Areas that
helps to promote and sustain the ecological connectivity of the Natural Heritage System
over the long-term.
2)
Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas identified twelve Natural Core Linkages.
3)
Low density residential development via severance (consents), which meets all other
requirements of this Plan, will continue to be permitted within the areas identified as
Natural Core Area Linkages on Schedule 'B': Natural Features & Areas. However, new
Major Development (commercial or industrial) will be encouraged to locate outside of
the lands identified as Natural Core Area Linkages, wherever possible.
4)
Where a zone amendment or official plan amendment requests a new Major
Development within these identified Natural Core Area Linkages, where there is no
feasible location outside of the lands identified as Natural Core Area Linkages, the
proposed development may be considered if it can be demonstrated that such
development will not have a negative impact on the ecological function of any natural
feature(s) contained within the area or the linkage itself. As part of the approval
process for new development, an Environmental Impact Study (EIS), subject to the
approval of the County, in consultation with Quinte Conservation and any agency
having jurisdiction will be required to ensure the ecological function of the Linkage is
maintained through appropriate land use controls and resource management.
Page 126
Official Plan
4.5 Overlay Designations and Symbols
5.0 The County Toolbox - Implementation Policies
1)
To implement the policies of this Plan, the Municipality will develop a supportive
regulatory framework that is responsive to the unique characteristics of the
Municipality, utilizing tools provided by the Planning Act, Municipal Act, Heritage Act
and other provincial policies/legislation.
2)
Through the regulatory framework and the day-to-day administration of this Plan, the
Municipality shall:
a) Ensure development reflects the vision, principles, objectives and policies of
this Plan, which prioritize the Prince Edward County's special quality of place,
healthy communities, and sustainability of the natural, social and economic
environment;
b) Ensure that development is compatible with preserving the rural character of
the County while facilitating a mix of land uses that meet the projected needs
of the community;
c) Ensure development complies with the requirements of the Provincial Policy
Statement, 2020 (PPS), and any other Provincial policies or regulations;
d) Endeavor to create a predictable environment for evaluating development
proposals so that development applications can be processed in an expedient
and responsible manner;
e) Promote a partnership and coordination with Indigenous communities, with
specific attention to relationship-building with our nearest First Nation and
neighbours, Mohawks of the Bay of Quinte (MBQ) who are entitled to land
rights within the County;
f) Ensure that the planning and development approval process is open and
transparent with meaningful opportunities for community input;
g) Establish a monitoring program to ensure the Plan's policies remain
responsive to community trends and issues; and,
h) Establish manuals or guidelines as may be appropriate to assist in guiding
implementation of policies.
Page 127
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
5.1 Plan Administration
5.1.1 By-laws
The Comprehensive Zoning By-Law
1)
Zoning By-laws provide day-to-day administration of the contents of the Official Plan.
They contain specific requirements that are legally enforceable. Building permits will
not be issued for construction or development that does not comply with Prince Edward
County's zoning by-laws.
2)
The Municipality will review its Comprehensive Zoning By-Law to ensure that it
implements the vision, principles, objectives, policies, and land use designations
contained in this Plan, or applicable Secondary Plans.
3)
The Municipality may further refine the list of permitted and/or prohibited uses outlined
within the Comprehensive Zoning By-law within the land use designations identified in
this Plan based on the merits of an individual development application and with
conformity with this Plan.
4)
Council will generally repeal zoning by-law amendments associated with lapsed draft
approved subdivisions/condominiums or provisionally approved consents.
Temporary Use By-Laws
5)
To facilitate community growth and provide an adequate supply of housing, the
Municipality may pass Temporary Use By-Laws.
6)
Temporary uses may be authorized for a maximum three-year time period, and may
be considered where it is deemed inappropriate by the Municipality to permit the
proposed use on a permanent or continuing basis and where alternatives such as
relocation are not practical. Subsequent By-Laws granting extensions may be passed
by the Municipality provided such extension does not jeopardize the long-term growth
intention for the subject lands as specified in this Plan.
7)
Prior to the approval of a Temporary Use By-Law, the Municipality shall be satisfied
that the following principles and criteria are met:
a) The proposed use shall be of a temporary nature and shall not entail any large
scale or high value development or investment on the part of the owner so
that the owner will not experience undue hardship in reverting to the original
use upon the termination of the temporary use;
b) The proposed use shall be compatible with adjacent land uses and the
character of the surrounding community;
Page 128
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
c) The proposed use shall not require the extension or expansion of existing
municipal services;
d) The proposed use shall not create any traffic circulation problems within the
area, nor shall it adversely affect the volume and/or type of traffic serviced by
the area's roads;
e) Parking facilities required by the proposed use shall be provided entirely on-
site; and
f) The owner has entered into an agreement with the Municipality and posted
securities, if necessary, to ensure that structures associated with a temporary
use provision can be removed upon expiry of the By-Law.
Holding Provision By-Laws
8)
Holding provisions may be applied to delay unfit development and ensure orderly
development that is appropriate for infrastructure, community services, and facilities
that are or will be available. The Municipality may pass a Zoning By-Law at any time,
and affix a holding symbol (H) in conjunction with any zoning category to place
limitations on the actual development of land until one or more of the following
objectives are met:
a) Consideration is given to a site's location, significant natural heritage features
and areas and their associated ecological functions, areas of archaeological
potential, physical features, known or suspected soil contamination, piped
potable water and/or sanitary sewer capacity, adjacent land uses, school
capacity and relationship to roads, traffic impacts, road intersections and
watercourses;
b) The appropriate phasing of development occurs;
c) Infrastructure capacity shall be strongly considered to mitigate negative
impacts, unjustified, and uneconomical expansion of infrastructure services.
Development does not proceed until services and utilities are available to
service the development; and
d) Agreements respecting servicing of the proposed development are entered
into.
9)
During the period when the Holding Zone is in place, uses permitted on the affected
lands are generally limited to existing uses as specified in the By-Law.
10)
The holding symbol (H) need not apply to the erection of minor accessory buildings or
minor building additions or alterations.
Interim Control By-Laws
11)
The Municipality may pass Interim Control By-Laws to place immediate restrictions on
the use of certain lands or certain land uses where the Municipality has directed that a
Page 129
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
study of land use planning policies be undertaken. The Interim Control By-Law can only
be imposed for one year with a maximum extension of one additional year.
12)
When considering a proposal to enact an Interim Control By-Law prohibiting the use of
land the Municipality shall provide justification that there is a need to carry out a study
and that the required study can be carried out expeditiously.
Source Protection By-laws
13)
The Municipality shall prepare and adopt zoning by-laws that are necessary to
implement the Quinte Region Source Protection Plan. Proper zoning will eliminate
certain uses within prescribed distances from the source water location.
Other By-laws
14)
The County may enact other by-laws permitted under the Municipal Act, such as those
governing signs, site alteration and tree cutting, as it sees fit to ensure orderly
development.
5.1.2 Minor Variances
1)
A minor variance is a variation from the requirements of the Zoning By-law that allows
a property owner to build even though the property does not comply precisely with the
Zoning By-Law.
2)
The Committee of Adjustment may grant an application for minor variance from the
Zoning By-Law only when satisfied that the variance:
a) Is minor in nature;
b) Is desirable for the appropriate development or use of the
land/building/structure;
c) Maintains the general intent and purpose of this Plan and any applicable
Secondary Plan;
d) Maintains the general intent and purpose of the Zoning By-law.
3)
The minor variance must also comply with criteria identified by municipal by-law or
Provincial criteria prescribed by regulation, if in effect.
4)
The Committee of Adjustment shall deal with all applications for minor variances to the
provisions of the Zoning By-law. The Committee of Adjustment shall deal with such
applications in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Planning Act.
Page 130
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
5.1.3 Land Division
1)
The Municipality shall support proposals for land division that:
a) Contribute positively to the Municipality's unique rural character;
b) Create opportunities for local economic development;
c) Support the fiscal well-being of the municipality;
d) Do not fragment the Environmental Protection designation and natural
heritage features and areas; and
e) Where possible, incorporate features that promote environmental
sustainability and healthy living.
2)
The Municipality shall endeavor to support applicants through the development
approvals process by:
a) Providing clear information about procedural and submission requirements;
b) Wherever possible, providing reference materials that demonstrate how
design and development standards can be achieved; and
c) Processing applications in a timely manner, in accordance with the provisions
of the Planning Act.
3)
The preferred form of lot creation for residential development will be by registered plan
of subdivision or condominium, particularly where one or more of the following applies:
a) The development requires the provision of new public roads or other municipal
infrastructure (including parks and other hard services);
b) It is necessary to ensure that the entire land holdings or area is developed in
an orderly and efficient manner;
c) Centralized services are required, as opposed to on-site services for individual
lots;
d) A number of studies and justification reports are required to determine the
suitability of the development; or,
e) Long term monitoring and implementation of conditions of development are
required.
4)
Land division in the Agricultural area is addressed within Policy 4.2.3 of this Plan.
5)
The County shall permit lot creation only if there is confirmation of sufficient reserve
sewage system capacity and reserve water system capacity within municipal sewage
services and municipal water services or private communal sewage services and
private communal water services. The determination of sufficient reserve sewage
Page 131
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
system capacity shall include treatment capacity for hauled sewage from private
communal sewage services and individual on-site sewage services.
Plans of Subdivision or Condominium
6)
To provide for their review, applications for plans of subdivision and plans of
condominium shall include the information as described in Section 51.18 of the
Planning Act of Ontario, RSO.1990, C.P. 13, as amended.
7)
Prior to approving a plan of subdivision or plan of condominium, the Municipality must
be satisfied that the proposed development:
a) Can demonstrate serviceability via municipal water and sanitary sewer, to the
municipality's satisfaction, or by communal or private well and waste water
disposal system where municipal services are not planned or existing;
b) Can be supplied with other municipal services such as fire protection, road
maintenance, waste disposal, and community facilities and services, without
adversely affecting the Municipality's finances;
c) Has been designed to integrate compatibly with the transportation system,
adjacent existing and planned land uses, the Natural Heritage System, cultural
heritage resources and hazardous lands in such a way that protects and
enhances the Municipality's special quality of place;
d) Provides a mix of housing types and tenures including affordable housing
options, wherever feasible;
e) Provides opportunities for healthy living, including but not limited to access to
green space and active transportation facilities;
f) Addresses issues of energy conservation and sustainability; and
g) Meets the design policies of this Plan, any area-specific urban design
guidelines, and the applicable development standards and regulations of the
Municipality.
8)
Applicants of a proposed subdivision may be required to prepare studies in accordance
with the requirements of this Plan to assess the impacts, financial or otherwise, of the
proposal and identify mitigation strategies.
9)
Draft approval of plans of subdivision or plans of condominium will include conditions
which must be satisfied prior to final approval of the plan of subdivision or
condominium. Such conditions may be required to be satisfied within an initial specified
time period of three years, or draft approval may be withdrawn by the Municipality.
Conditions of approval may be changed prior to final approval.
10)
Where no activities are undertaken to implement a plan of subdivision or plan of
condominium within three years of its approval, the Municipality shall:
Page 132
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
a) Withdraw its approval; or,
b) Renew the approval, subject to the applicant demonstrating the proposal is
consistent with this Plan and that the development is needed to meet
residential demand within, for not more than 3 years.
11)
Prior to final approval of a plan of subdivision or condominium, the owner shall be
required to enter into an agreement with the Municipality and to file necessary financial
securities to the satisfaction of the Municipality to ensure that conditions of approval
are fulfilled.
12)
Where a draft plan of subdivision is proposed adjacent to a provincial highway, the
layout of the subdivision may be designed such that the lots back onto the provincial
highway and front onto a local internal street. Developers may also examine whether
a window street is an option in this scenario.
13)
Country lot subdivisions and residential plans of condominium shall not be permitted
within the following designations; Aggregate, Environmental Protection, Waterfront,
Open Space, Rural and Shore Land.
14)
Generally, any proposal for 3 lots or more is to proceed via a plan of subdivision. The
decision is at the sole discretion of the County.
Severances (Consents)
15)
To avoid fragmented land patterns, a maximum of two lots (including the retained lot)
may be created by consent from any land holding, subject to the applicable policies of
this Plan. A land holding is defined as any property as it existed on January 23, 1998.
16)
The creation of lots may be permitted by severance (consent) if it has been established
that the development would not more appropriately proceed by way of plan of
subdivision or plan of condominium.
17)
New residential development created by severance (consent) is encouraged to locate
in areas designated for growth, including in Settlement Areas, and particularly the
Urban Centres of Picton, Wellington and Rossmore. Lot creation by severance is also
permitted in the Countryside and Rural waterfront, in accordance with the policies of
this Plan. Consents are typically permitted the Agricultural area for farm consolidation
purposes, but must be in accordance with the policies of this Plan.
18)
Severances (consents) that would contribute to ribbon or strip development or
unplanned or uneconomical extension of infrastructure between Settlement Areas shall
not be approved.
Page 133
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
19)
Applications for severances (consent) that would result in a parcel being landlocked
shall not be approved.
20)
The creation of lots may be permitted by severance (consent) if the proposed and
retained lots:
a) Front onto an open, improved public road that is maintained on a year-round
basis by the Municipality;
b) If the intent and purpose of this plan is maintained;
c) Satisfy the minimum lot area requirements established for any land use/land
use designation of this Plan, or any Secondary Plan;
d) Achieve an appropriate lot configuration that is compatible with the
surrounding community character and does not restrict the development of
other parcels of land;
e) Can be serviced by the Municipality's infrastructure without adversely affecting
the Municipality's finances, or by private well and waste water disposal system
where municipal services are not planned or existing; and
f) Can be supplied with other municipal services such as fire protection and road
maintenance, without adversely affecting the Municipality's finances.
21)
Applications for severance (consent) where any new lot is to be serviced by individual
on-site water and sanitary sewage services shall only be permitted where an
environmental (hydrogeological) study, prepared by a qualified engineer, can support
the application.
a) All lots on private individual on-site water services have sufficient area and
frontage to protect groundwater and surface water quality and are a minimum
size of 0.80 hectares in size, or less where supported through
hydrogeological, land use compatibility or other relevant studies, in
accordance with the policies of this Plan;
b) The soil and groundwater conditions are capable of supporting the necessary
private potable well water system with no negative impacts on the ground or
surface water system, the adjacent properties or the proposed development
site to the satisfaction of the Municipality and any agency having jurisdiction;
and
c) All lots on private individual on-site sewage services are suitable or capable of
supporting an acceptable sewage disposal system with no negative impacts
on this ground or surface water system, the adjacent properties on the
proposed development site to the satisfaction of the Municipality and any
agency having jurisdiction.
22)
The Municipality shall consider the impact of a new residential lot created by severance
(consent) on the potential to expand the agricultural productivity of any adjacent
Page 134
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
agricultural lands when assessing the required Minimum Distance Separation (MDS)
Formulae and the need to potentially increase it.
23)
The same range of conditions of approval may apply to the creation of lots by consent
as would occur by way of registered plan of subdivision, to ensure that County's growth
objectives are achieved, including with respect to trails, transportation, parkland
dedication and improved public access to the shoreline.
24)
Applicants of a proposed severance (consent) may be required to prepare studies in
accordance with the requirements of this Plan to assess the impacts of the proposal
and any mitigation strategies.
25)
The Municipality may require as a condition of approval that an applicant enter into an
agreement with the Municipality regarding such conditions as it deems appropriate,
including but not limited to financial requirements, the provision of on and off-site
services, strategies to mitigate environmental impacts, sustainable building and site
design features, and any other site planning requirements to protect health and safety,
and promote compatibility with the surrounding community character.
5.1.4 Parkland Dedication
1)
The Municipality shall require parkland dedication as a condition of development, re-
development, Site Plan Control, consent, or subdivision proposals, in an amount
equivalent to:
a) 2 percent of the gross land area for all non-residential land uses, commercial
or industrial purposes;
b) 5 percent of the gross land area, or one hectare for each 300 dwelling units for
residential purposes where specified by By-law, whichever is greater; and
c) For a mixed-use development that includes a residential component, the
parkland dedication requirement shall be based on the pro-rated percentage
of Gross Floor Area allocated to each individual use.
2)
Where parkland dedication is required by this Plan, the Municipality shall ensure that
the land to be conveyed is suitable for development as a park, taking into consideration
its size, location, configuration and condition.
3)
Any component of the Natural Heritage System or hazard lands shall not be accepted
for parkland dedication. To ensure conveyed lands are suitable for parkland
development, they shall not include lands that are susceptible to major flooding, or
have poor drainage, erosion, steep slopes or other environmental or physical
conditions that would interfere with the potential development or use of the land as an
active public recreation area. Sites subject to these conditions may be integrated,
where possible, into the development of public park areas by serving as pedestrian
walkways, as part of a linear trail system, as passive recreation areas, or as natural
areas.
Page 135
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
4)
Where the development parcel abuts a waterbody, the Municipality may require that
the lands dedicated for parkland be comprised of land bordering the water body to
increase public access to the shoreline/water's edge.
5)
Wherever possible, lands dedicated for parkland purposes will contribute to a linked
system of municipal parks, Provincial parks, conservation areas, pedestrian walkways,
trail systems and other public lands of natural or recreational value, with an emphasis
on developing corridors along the shoreline, and shall be provided with at least one
frontage on a public street
6)
Cash-in-lieu of parkland dedication may be required in the following circumstances:
a) The required dedication fails to provide an area of suitable size, location, and
shape for parkland development to the satisfaction of the Municipality;
b) The required dedication would render the remainder of the site unsuitable or
impractical for development;
c) The area within which the development is proposed is well served by existing
park and open space areas and no further land is required; and
d) The Municipality is pursuing other parkland initiatives for community or County
facilities that would benefit from cash-in-lieu of parkland dedication.
7)
The Municipality may consider the provision of sustainability features to address
climate change in proposed developments in lieu of parkland conveyance where
suitable lands are not available for establishing parkland. Such features may include:
green roofs; permeable surfaces; tree planting; renewable energy technologies; and
water efficiency and conservation measures.
8)
Notwithstanding the parkland dedication requirements of this Plan, parkland dedication
requirements may be reduced or waived by the Municipality for the following:
a) Long-term care facilities;
b) Emergency housing facilities;
c) Special needs housing;
d) Affordable housing as defined under the Provincial Policy Statement, 2020
(PPS);
e) Developments where a minimum 25 percent of the dwelling units can be
defined as affordable under the PPS;
f) Hospitals, or other public health care facilities;
g) Childcare facilities;
h) Public schools;
i) Colleges, or universities; and
Page 136
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
Where the aforementioned uses abut a water body, they may not be exempt from
parkland dedication requirements, at the discretion of the Municipality.
9)
Notwithstanding the parkland dedication requirements of this Plan, where the
alternative parkland dedication requirement of one hectare per 300 dwelling units is
applied to a development, the Municipality may reduce the parkland dedication
requirement to encourage intensification, revitalization or affordable housing. In any
such circumstances, the Municipality shall be satisfied that a sufficient amount of
parkland is available in proximity to meet the needs of residents.
5.1.5 Site Plan Control
1)
Site Plan Control is a detailed process for the review and approval of site-specific
development proposals. It is a process that works in combination with the application
of the polices of this Plan, the policies of any applicable Secondary Plan and the
requirements and regulation of the Zoning By-Law to ensure appropriate and
compatible development. The Municipality shall use Site Plan Control where
appropriate, and in conjunction with the other development control tools of the Planning
Act.
2)
All areas of the Municipality are designated as Site Plan Control areas pursuant Section
41 of the Planning Act. As such, all proposals for development may fall under the
requirement for Site Plan Control. The policies of this Plan identify specific land uses
and/or land use designations and/or locations where Site Plan Control shall be required
by the Municipality. For all other proposals for development not identified in 3) below it
shall be at the discretion of the Municipality to determine if the proposal is of a use,
scale or character that warrants the application of Site Plan Control.
3)
The Municipality may apply and require Site Plan Control for any development, in the
following circumstances:
a) If the development is comprised of a mixed-use building or non-residential
building or more than one building on one lot.
b) If the development is a residential building, which includes four (4) or more
dwelling units on one lot;
c) Estate wineries, breweries and distilleries;
d) Potential Tourist Resort Areas;
e) Tent, Trailer and Recreational Vehicle Parks and major expansion of existing
Parks, whether permanent or seasonal.
f) Such other types of development as outlined in a Site Plan Control By-laws on
site-specific zoning by-laws.
g) Incorporates elements of County guidelines that articulate relevant matters,
standards, designs and procedures applicable to a Site Plan Control approval.
Page 137
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
4)
As part of a submission for Site Plan Control, the Municipality may require the
proponent to submit studies and or plans as per Section 41 (7) of the Planning Act of
Ontario, RSO. 1990, CP 13, as amended.
5)
As part of the Site Plan Control process, the Municipality may require that any subject
development incorporates sustainability features, including:
a) Low Impact Development design treatments such as, but not limited to bio
retention facilities and permeable pavements;
b) Pedestrian and cycling facilities, such as pathways, trails, sidewalks, curb
cuts, bicycle routes, bicycle parking, and street furniture;
c) Waste, recycling and compost containers;
d) Energy efficient building orientation and lighting;
e) Recycled building materials.
6)
As part of the Site Plan Control process, the Municipality may require an architectural
review, which may include a review of the exterior design, character, scale, colour,
building materials, fenestration and design features of buildings.
7)
The Municipality may require the dedication of all roads, trails and public open spaces
as a condition of Site Plan Control.
8)
Where land abuts a road under the jurisdiction of the Municipality, prior to development,
the Municipality may require, as necessary, that land be dedicated to the Municipality,
at no expense to the Municipality, for the widening of the road, so as to establish the
required right-of-way. This dedication requirement may also include any sight triangles,
turning lanes or turning tapers that may also be required by the Municipality.
9)
Where existing buildings or structures adjacent to a County road makes it impractical
to require a land dedication for road widenings to the specified right-of-way widths,
such dedication may be reduced or waived, at the discretion of the Municipality.
10)
For expansions of existing uses the feasibility of incorporating trails and public access
to the water's edge may be determined through Site Plan Control, having regard for
factors specific to the existing property and proposed expansion.
5.1.6 Pre-consultation
1)
To streamline the planning approval process and minimize costs and time delays for
the applicant, the Municipality shall require applicants to consult with the municipality
prior to applying for any development application.
Page 138
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
2)
Pre-consultation will not take place until such time the applicant owns the property and
has submitted a concept drawing with clear conceptual framework to County Staff for
review.
3)
The pre-consultation meeting will be held with County staff and any other government
agency or public authority that the Municipality determines appropriate. At the pre-
consultation meeting:
a) The list of required studies set out in this Plan may be scoped depending on
the nature of the application. The Municipality, in consultation with applicable
internal departments and external agencies having jurisdiction, may also be
part of a pre-consultation and help prepare terms of reference for any of the
required studies, which set out the required study information and analyses;
b) Additional studies may be determined necessary for submission with the
application based on the nature of the application;
c) Expected timelines will also be established; and,
d) Any concept plan may be adjusted as per the pre-consultation discussion.
4)
Consultation with Indigenous communities, specifically with neighbouring Mohawks of
the Bay of Quinte (MBQ), will generally begin at the pre-consultation stage of the
planning approval process.
5.1.7 Public Participation
1)
The Municipality shall encourage applicants to engage with adjacent property owners
and interested stakeholders in preparing plans of subdivision, plans of condominium,
zoning by-law amendments, or consents. As part of a complete application, proponents
of significant development applications shall submit a public consultation strategy.
Varying with scale of development, a public consultation program is encouraged to
occur at each major stage of the approvals process, such as establishing the terms of
reference and scope of studies, assessing options, and determining a preferred option.
2)
The Municipality may establish enhanced alternative procedures for giving public
notice of applications.
3)
Complete applications may be circulated to advisory committees as deemed
appropriate by the County.
5.1.8 Application Requirements
1)
Council will adopt a By-law or Policy detailing the requirements for a complete
application. Applications that are not complete may be returned with additional criteria
of what is missing.
Page 139
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
2)
The Municipality, through consultation with approval agencies including provincial
ministries, may require specialized studies, plans and/or assessments to be prepared
in support of a development application prior to that application being considered
complete. The studies will be further outlined in the Municipality's Complete Application
By-law outlined in item 1) above.
3)
All required studies, plans or assessments are to be carried out by qualified
professionals, as approved by the Municipality and it is recommended that
development applications be represented by qualified representatives.
4)
To facilitate the preparation of any studies, plans and/or assessments that may be
required by this Plan as part of a complete planning application, the Municipality
recognizes that development takes place at various intensities and scales, and
therefore shall consider the adoption of technical guidelines describing the appropriate
type and level of detail that may be required of such studies, plans and/or assessments
in relation to the type of development that is proposed.
5)
Any study, plan or assessment may be subject to a peer review to be carried out by
the Municipality, at the expense of the proponent.
5.1.9 Environmental Impact Study (EIS)
1)
An Environmental Impact Study (EIS) shall be required as part of an application for all
development and site alteration applications within the identified Natural Heritage
System, including all of its component natural heritage features and functions and/or
on adjacent lands.
2)
Applications for farm-related development shall be exempt from the EIS requirement if
the farm has a registered Environmental Farm Plan.
3)
The EIS shall demonstrate that the proposed use will have no negative impact on
significant natural heritage features and areas and their associated ecological functions
(i.e. hydrological, hydrogeological, etc.).
4)
Where an EIS indicates that development would have a negative impact on the Natural
Heritage System and/or the natural heritage feature or area, function, attributes or
linkages for which the lands were identified, the application shall not be supported or
approved by the Municipality.
5)
The EIS shall be prepared by a qualified professional(s), and shall be subject to the
approval of the Municipality and Quinte Conservation, in consultation with any other
authority having jurisdiction. A sample terms of reference for an Environmental Impact
Study is attached to this Plan as Appendix B.
Page 140
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
6)
The Municipality may determine that a scoped EIS may be permitted for minor
development proposals, and development proposals in areas that have been
previously disturbed and/or where previous environmental studies have been
undertaken. The extent of the scoping and identification of issues will be determined
by the Municipality in collaboration with Quinte Conservation and any authority having
jurisdiction, prior to undertaking the study.
5.1.10 Strategies for Adapting to Climate Change
1)
In response to climate change, the Municipality shall consider identifying adaptation
and mitigation measures through the development and implementation of a Climate
Change Action Plan aimed at improving municipal resilience to changing environmental
stresses.
2)
The Municipality shall endeavor to engage in public education regarding the
minimization of greenhouse gas emissions, improving air quality and conservation of
water, soil and energy.
3)
In preparing planning applications for Draft Plan of Subdivision/Condominium approval
and Site Plan Control, applicants are to incorporate climate change measures where
appropriate, including but not limited to:
a) Selection of building and infrastructure materials that minimize waste;
b) Energy and water conservation designs;
c) Appropriate street, lot and building orientation to the south to realize solar
energy gain;
d) Use of green infrastructure and tree planting;
e) Compact and contiguous built urban form;
f) Designs for active transportation and the efficient co-location of live/work/play
land uses; and
g) Application of intelligent building systems.
4)
Climate change polices constitutes part of the Municipality's sustainability planning
efforts.
5.1.11 Community Planning Permit System
1)
To implement the policies of this Plan, the Municipality may establish an alternative
land use planning framework known as a Community Planning Permit System that
applies to the entirety of the Municipality, or a portion thereof through specified
designations. If a Community Planning Permit By-law is enacted, the proposed land
use or development will be required to comply with the criteria set out in the Community
Page 141
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
Planning Permit By-law unless exemption is expressively outlined for such
development in the Community Planning Permit By-law.
2)
An amendment to this Plan will be made to implement a Community Planning Permit
System, and will outline:
a) Proposed designations where the community planning permit system will
apply;
b) Scope of delegated authority, including any limitations;
c) The Municipality's intent, objectives, and policies regarding the proposed use
of a Community Planning Permit System;
d) Guidelines of development standards;
e) Criteria for determining whether a proposed use or development is permitted
by a Community Planning Permit By-law and how the application would be
evaluated;
f) Any conditions of approval that may be imposed by adopting a Community
Planning Permit By-law for such development to be permitted; and,
g) Any additional requirements to be included in the application that may be
necessary for review.
5.1.12 Non-Conforming
1)
Any land use lawfully existing at the date of approval of this Plan that does not conform
to the land use designations or policies of this Plan or to the implementing Zoning By-
Law should, as a general rule, cease to exist in the long term. Such land uses shall be
considered as legal non-conforming uses.
2)
In certain circumstances, it may be desirable to permit the extension or enlargement to
a building or structure for a legal non-conforming use in order to avoid unnecessary
hardship. It is the intention of this Plan that any such extension or enlargement shall
be processed as either a site-specific amendment to the Zoning By-Law, or as an
application for a minor variance to the Committee of Adjustment.
3)
Prior to allowing extension or enlargement of lands, buildings, or structures associated
with a non-conforming use, the Municipality shall be satisfied that the proposed
development:
a) Represents an evolution of the existing non-conforming use;
b) Does not represent an unreasonable increase to the size and intensity of the
nonconforming use such that it would increase incompatibility with or
adversely impact an adjacent use;
Page 142
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
c) Will provide adequate measures to protect other uses through landscaping,
buffering, screening, and/or appropriate setbacks;
d) Substantially improves the conditions of the property and/or building;
e) Will be adequately serviced to meet the additional needs resulting from the
expansion or enlargement of the use;
f) Will provide adequate off-street parking areas, loading facilities, and
screening; and
g) Will not adversely affect traffic and parking conditions in the area.
4)
A non-complying building, structure or lot is defined as one that does not comply with
the development guidelines, regulations and performance standards of the
Municipality. A non-complying building or structure may be enlarged, repaired or
renovated subject to a site-specific Zoning By-law or an application for a minor variance
provided that the enlargement, repair or renovation:
a) Does not further increase a situation of non-compliance;
b) Complies with all other applicable provisions of this Plan and any other
guidelines, regulations and/or performance standards of the Municipality;
c) Does not increase the amount of floor area in a required yard or setback area;
and
d) Will not pose a threat to public health or safety.
5)
A non-complying lot in existence prior to the effective date of the implementing Zoning
By-Law may be used and buildings thereon may be erected for a purpose permitted by
this Plan.
6)
Non-complying buildings may be enlarged, repaired or renovated provided the use
conforms to the applicable policies of this Plan and any other guidelines, regulations
and/or performance standards of the Municipality.
7)
Non-complying lots may be enlarged. When a non-complying lot has been enlarged as
permitted, the resultant lot may be deemed to comply with the provisions of lot frontage
and lot area as stipulated in the implementing Zoning By-Law. The yard setbacks and
lot coverage related to any existing buildings on the resultant lot may also be deemed
to comply with any other guidelines, regulations and/or performance standards of the
Municipality.
Page 143
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
5.1.14 Contaminated Sites
1)
Before permitting development of known or potentially contaminated sites, all potential
risks to human health and the environment shall be assessed to support the proposed
land use(s) in accordance with Provincial legislation, regulations and standards.
2)
Development or redevelopment of a contaminated property; which results in a change
in land use to a more sensitive use, shall require a Record of Site Condition, before to
the issuance of a building permit, in accordance with Ontario Regulation 153/04, as
amended.
3)
The Municipality shall ensure that the decommissioning and remediation of brownfields
are completed in an environmentally responsible manner.
4)
Brownfield redevelopment will be given consideration relative to applicable provincial
policies and all applicable policies of this Plan, to achieve the residential and
employment objectives of the Municipality; and
5)
The Municipality may prepare a Community Improvement Plan for known contaminated
properties, in accordance with the applicable policies of this Plan, and explore
additional opportunities to use a variety of incentives to promote the remediation and
redevelopment of these sites.
6)
The development or redevelopment of potentially contaminated sites shall be assessed
and remediated in a manner consistent with the Environmental Protection Act and
relevant regulations and MEPC guidelines and procedures.
7)
Sites known or suspected to have soils contaminated with residues of current or
previous industrial or commercial land uses must have the environmental condition of
the site assessed. When managing development on potentially contaminated sites, A
Record of Site Condition (RSC) either prior to the development approval, at the time of
release of conditions of approval, or at the time of issuance of building permits, as
required or stipulated by the Municipality must be received.
8)
When considering applications for development which include sites suspected or
known to be contaminated, the Municipality will require at its discretion a Phase 1 ESA
to be undertaken by the applicant in accordance with Ontario Regulation 153/04 as
amended. If recommended by a Phase 1 ESA or mandated under Regulation 153/04,
a Phase II ESA must be undertaken by the applicant in accordance with the Ontario
Regulation 154/04. This would require sampling and analysis of the site to confirm and
delineate the presence or absence of contamination suspected by the Phase I ESA
Report.
9)
As a condition of approval, the Municipality will require that remediation, where
required, is undertaken to appropriate standards of the MECP, as specified in Ontario
Page 144
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
Regulation 153/04 and in the guideline Soil, Groundwater and Sediment Standards for
Use Under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act, or other regulatory
requirements of the MECP, as amended from time to time.
10)
Mandatory filing of a Record of Site Condition in the Registry, by a qualified person, as
defined in O. Reg. 153/04, as amended, is required for a change in use of a property
from industrial or commercial to residential and parkland, as defined in the regulation,
and will be acknowledged by the Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks. A
site clean-up plan may be required and the site may need to be cleaned up in
accordance with the O. Reg. 153/04, as amended and with MECP guideline "Records
of Site Condition - A Guide on Site Assessment, the Cleanup of Brownfield Site and
the Filing of Records of Site Condition" dated October 2004 or associated guidelines.
11)
A Record of Site Condition, may, at the Municipality's discretion, be a required condition
of approval under this Plan. In addition to changes of a use prescribed by the
Environmental Protection Act as uses for which a Record of Site Collection is
mandatory (a change of use to a more sensitive land use), the Municipality may require
an RSC to be filed where the application does not involve a change of use to a more
sensitive land use as defined in the Environmental Protection Act. This requirement is
to ensure, to the Municipality's satisfaction, that any remediation, or risk assessment
and risk management, necessary to permit the intended use is to the satisfaction of the
MECP.
5.1.15 Property Acquisition
1)
The Municipality may acquire property as a means of implementing the vision,
principles, objectives and policies of this Plan in accordance with the provisions of the
Municipal Act, the Planning Act, and other relevant legislation.
2)
The Municipality shall consider all options for the acquisition of property, as
appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a) Dedication;
b) Donations;
c) Assistance from other levels of government, agencies, and charitable
foundations;
d) Density transfers;
e) Land exchanges;
f) Long-term leases;
g) Easement agreements;
h) Purchase agreements;
Page 145
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
i) Partnerships;
j) Land trusts;
k) Placing conditions on development approval; and
l) Expropriation.
5.1.16 Community Improvement Plans
1)
Community Improvement Plans are an important part of community growth and serve
several purposes, including:
a) Focusing public attention on local priorities and municipal initiatives;
b) Targeting areas in transition or in need of repair, rehabilitation, and
redevelopment;
c) Facilitating and encouraging community change in a coordinated manner; and
d) Stimulating private sector investment through municipal incentive-based
programs.
2)
Community improvement planning may be undertaken to achieve a number of benefits,
including but not limited to:
a) Upgrading and maintaining municipal services, transportation systems, public
utilities, and social and recreational facilities so that they meet or exceed
minimum standards and are inclusive and accessible for people of all ages
and abilities;
b) Bolstering local community growth, including with regard to agriculture, arts
and culture, tourism, commerce and industry;
c) Encouraging a diversity of housing types to meet the changing needs of
residents and affordable housing;
d) Preserving, restoring, or adaptively re-using older buildings and buildings of
cultural heritage value or interest;
e) Addressing climate change mitigation and adaptation, such as through
building retrofits for energy efficiency, renewable and district energy systems,
water conservation and Low Impact Development strategies;
f) Revitalizing Settlement Areas, including through mixed use infill development
and redevelopment, streetscaping, beautification projects, façade
improvement, and the promotion of tourism activities; and
g) Encouraging the remediation and re-use of brownfield areas.
3)
The preparation of area-specific Community Improvement Plans is encouraged for all
of the identified Settlement Areas.
Page 146
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
4)
The Municipality's existing Creative Rural Economy Community Improvement Plan
shall be promoted to encourage the uptake of incentive programs. The existing
Community Improvement Plan may be expanded to provide incentives for housing that
promote affordability, energy efficiency, cultural heritage protection and property
maintenance.
5)
To implement this Plan's Community Improvement policies, the Municipality may:
a) Designate by By-Law Community Improvement Project Areas and adopt
Community Improvement Plans for those areas;
b) Encourage residents and businesses to become actively involved in
Community Improvement Plans and projects, including in the identification of
service inefficiencies and the evaluation of priorities;
c) Acquire land and/or buildings within the Community Improvement Project
Areas and the subsequent: clearance; grading; environmental remediation;
repair; rehabilitation; construction or improvement; sale, lease or disposition to
others; other preparation of land or buildings for community improvement;
d) Provide funding such as grants, loans, reduced Development Charges or tax
relief, and other financial instruments;
e) Apply for financial assistance from other levels of government (Provincial and
Federal); and
f) Encourage the private sector to use government programs where they
complement community improvement efforts.
6)
The Municipality shall review its Community Improvement Plan(s), if any, every five
years. At a minimum, the Municipality shall review the uptake of the financial incentive
program (including the value of incentives disbursed under each program), and the
effectiveness of the programs in achieving their objectives. The review shall also
consider whether any programs will be added or discontinued to ensure the suite of
programs remains relevant for addressing core challenges and opportunities in the
Municipality.
5.1.17 Capital and Public Works
1)
The extension or development of capital or public works will be carried out in
accordance with the policies of this Plan. The Municipality shall prepare, from time to
time, and adopt without Amendment to this Plan, long-term infrastructure needs and
reports, and lists for capital work to implement features of this Plan. This program shall
be aware of changing conditions of supply and demand for services and substantive
changes in economics and technology.
Page 147
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
2)
In order to equitably assess and distribute the costs of public improvements, the
Municipality may levy against benefiting properties all or part of the cost of public
infrastructure, services and facilities and may enter into agreements in respect of same.
3)
Public buildings, structures, easements, infrastructure or rights-of-way may be
permitted, within any designated area, provided suitable buffering and screening from
adjacent uses are provided.
5.1.18 Minimum Distance Separation (MDS)
1)
The Municipality will not apply the Minimum Distance (MDS) I or II Formulae to the
reconstruction of a building or structure (including livestock and/or manure storage
facility) if destroyed in whole or part by a catastrophe providing the new or
reconstructed building or structure is built no closer than before the catastrophe to any
land use, building or structure described in the MDS Implementation Guidelines, and
does not result in an increase in Factor A (Odour Potential), B (Nutrient Units), and/or
C (Manure or Material Form in a Storage Facility) as described in the MDS
Implementation Guidelines, as amended from time to time.
2)
For the purposes of implementing Guideline No. 7 (Existing Lots of Record), it is the
policy of the Plan that MDS I will not preclude building construction on the existing lots
of record. To provide the greatest possible distance separation from active livestock
barns, the new building will be located as far as feasibly possible from the existing
active livestock barns.
3)
For the purposes of implementing Guideline No. 35 (MDS Setbacks for Agriculture-
Related Uses and On-Farm Diversified Uses), it is the policy of the Plan that MDS I
and MDS II setbacks will not be required for land use planning application which
propose agriculture-related uses and on-farm diversified uses.
4)
For the purposes of implementing Guideline No. 38 (MDS Setbacks for Cemeteries), it
is the policy of the Plan that cemeteries which are closed or receive low levels of
visitation, and cemeteries that are not connected to a place of worship, will be treated
as Type A land uses for the purposes of applying MDS II setbacks.
5)
Applications will be considered to vary the Minimum Distance Separation (MDS) I and
II Formulae requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.
6)
When considering an application for a minor variance to the Minimum Distance
Separation II (MDS II) Formulae, the Committee of Adjustment will consider whether:
a) The request for variance meets all considerations outlined in Section 5.1.2 of
this Plan;
Page 148
Official Plan
5.1 Plan Administration
b) There are any reasonable alternative locations available on the subject lands
that comply with the MDS II formulae;
c) There are any reason alternative variances available that could be considered
in place of a variance from the MDS II formulae (including side or rear yard
setbacks);
d) The intent, if not the precise distances of the MDS II formulae; are met;
e) The requested variance will mitigate environmental impacts (including water
quality, flood plain issues, adjacent nature heritage features) or health, and
safety concerns;
f) The proposed location is further away from neighbouring non-agricultural land
uses than existing livestock facilities; and
g) The proposed facility will improve odour conditions compared to the existing
facility.
Page 149
Official Plan
5.2 Interpretation, Monitoring and Review
5.2 Interpretation, Monitoring and Review
5.2.1 Interpretation of Boundaries
1)
The land use designation boundaries identified on the Schedules to this Plan are
approximate except where they align with roads, railway lines, infrastructure routes,
the shoreline or other clearly defined physical features, and in these cases are not open
to flexible interpretation. Where a Highway separates land use designations, this Plan
shall be interpreted such that the right-of-way of the Highway represents the boundary
between designations. Where the general intent of this Plan is maintained, minor
adjustments to land use designation boundaries or features identified on the Schedules
to this Plan will not require a formal Amendment.
2)
It is recognized that the boundaries of the Natural Heritage System, inclusive of all its
constituent natural heritage features and associated ecological functions, may be
imprecise and subject to change. The Municipality shall determine the extent of the
natural heritage features and their associated ecological functions on a site-by-site
basis when considering development proposals, upon receipt of an Environmental
Impact Study (EIS), in consultation with the appropriate agencies. Where the general
intent of this Plan is maintained, minor adjustments to Natural Heritage System
boundaries identified on the Schedules to this Plan will not require a formal
Amendment.
5.2.2 Amendments to this Plan
1)
It is the intent of this Plan to serve as the basis for all land use decisions in the
Municipality over a time horizon of approximately 20 years. It is not the intent of this
Plan to be utilized as the only development control document. Development controls
will also be implemented through other mechanisms available to the Municipality
authorized by Provincial legislation.
2)
It is a policy of this Plan that it will only be amended when the policies of this Plan have
been found not to address issues or alternatively, issues have been raised with respect
to site specific proposals that must be addressed.
3)
The Corporate Strategic Priorities of the County outlines criteria that shall be
considered by the Municipality when evaluating any proposed Amendment to this Plan:
a) The manner in which the proposed Amendment is consistent with the vision
and principles of the Municipality as identified in this Plan;
b) The manner in which the proposed Amendment is consistent with prevailing
Provincial policy and regulations and the objectives and policies of this Plan;
c) The potential impact of the proposed Amendment on the provision of, and
demand for municipal services, infrastructure and facilities;
Page 150
Official Plan
5.2 Interpretation, Monitoring and Review
d) The potential impact of the proposed Amendment on the cultural and natural
heritage resources in proximity;
e) The potential impact of the proposed Amendment on the financial
sustainability of the Municipality; and
f) Any other criteria determined to be relevant and applicable by the Municipality
in consultation with the appropriate agencies.
4)
Where the general intent of the Plan is maintained, minor adjustments to numerical
standards contained in the policies of this Plan and map schedule of this Plan will not
necessitate an Amendment to this Plan.
5)
The Municipality shall provide appropriate and effective notification to the residents of
the Municipality for public meetings held by the Municipality. However, the Municipality
may eliminate notice to the public and a public meeting for a minor Official Plan or
Zoning By-Law Amendment which does the following:
a) Changes the numbers of Sections or the order of Sections in this Plan, but
does not add or delete Sections;
b) Consolidates previously approved Official Plan Amendments in a new
document without altering any approved policies, or Schedules;
c) Corrects grammatical or typographical errors in the Plan that do not affect the
intent or policies or Schedules;
d) Rewords policies or re-illustrates mapping to clarify the intent and purpose of
the Plan or make it easier to understand without affecting the intent or purpose
of the policies or Schedules; and/or,
6)
The Municipality shall monitor Amendments to this Plan and identify any challenges
faced in dealing with proposals to change the Plan.
5.2.3 Official Plan Review & Monitoring
1)
The assumptions, vision, principles, objectives and policies of this Plan shall be
reviewed within 5-years of the date this Plan comes into effect, and every five-years
thereafter until a new Official Plan is adopted, in accordance with Section 26 of the
Planning Act. The reviewed Plan shall be approved at a meeting of the Municipality,
which shall be appropriately advertised.
2)
The 5-year review shall include, but not necessarily be limited to an assessment of:
e) The continuing relevance of the vision and principles that form the basis of all
policies found in this Plan;
f) The degree to which the objectives of this Plan have been met;
Page 151
Official Plan
5.2 Interpretation, Monitoring and Review
g) The effectiveness of the policies in the Plan in guiding development and
solving problems;
h) The degree to which the Schedules of this Plan remain accurate and valid in
view of changing circumstances; and
i) The changes that have occurred in areas of transition.
3)
The Municipality shall monitor the number of Amendments to this Plan that have been
processed and any challenges faced in dealing with proposals to change the Plan as
a means of determining its effectiveness and evaluating the need to update the Plan
as necessary.
4)
The Municipality shall maintain an inventory of existing vacant lands and lands with the
potential for redevelopment and shall monitor the supply of residentially-designated
lands throughout the Municipality to ensure that sufficient land exists to accommodate
3 and 10-year housing supply targets.
5)
The Municipality shall encourage the active participation of citizens and citizen groups
during the preparation of amendments to this Plan or the Zoning By-Law.
5.2.4 Transition Policies
1)
Applications submitted and deemed complete before July 6, 2021, shall be reviewed
under the existing 2006 Official Plan. Applications that are missing one report based
on seasonality (i.e. EIS) may also be reviewed under the existing 2006 Official Plan
subject to the applicant submitting an application(s) containing all the other required
reports, documents and fees such that it could be deemed complete subject to the
missing report.
2)
Existing Plans of Subdivision and Site Plan shall continue to be reviewed under existing
rules and policies of the 2006 Official Plan until registration of that plan or portion of the
plan. However, that portion(s) of the plan that remains draft approved after Ministerial
approval by the MMAH, will be subject to the policies of the 2021 Official Plan.
Page 152
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Active transportation
Human-powered travel, including but not limited to, walking, cycling, inline skating, and travel with
the use of mobility aids, including motorized wheelchairs and other power-assisted devices
moving at a comparable speed.
Adjacent lands
For the purposes of this Plan adjacent lands are those as defined by the Ministry of Natural
Resources and Forestry's Natural Heritage Reference Manual, and the Provincial Policy
Statement, 2020 (PPS), as amended. Adjacent lands are defined as follows:
a) for the purposes of infrastructure and public service facilities, those lands
contiguous to existing or planned corridors and transportation facilities
where development would have a negative impact on the corridor or facility.
The extent of the adjacent lands may be recommended in guidelines
developed by the Province or based on municipal approaches that achieve the
same objectives;
b) for the purposes of natural heritage, those lands contiguous to a
specific natural heritage feature or area where it is likely
NATURAL HERITAGE FEATURE/AREA
ADJACENT LAND WIDTH
Significant wetlands and significant
coastal wetlands
120 metres
Significant woodlands
120 metres
Significant valleylands
120 metres
Significant wildlife habitat
120 metres
Significant Areas of Natural and Scientific
Interest (ANSIs)- life science
120 metres
Significant Areas of Natural and Scientific
Interest (ANSIs)- earth science
50 metres
Fish Habitat
120 metres
Other Coastal wetlands
50 metres
Page 153
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
that development or site alteration would have a negative impact on the
feature or area. The extent of the adjacent lands may be recommended by the
Province or based on municipal approaches which achieve the same
objectives;
c) for the purposes of minerals, petroleum, and mineral aggregate resources,
those lands contiguous to lands on the surface of known petroleum
resources, mineral deposits, or deposits of mineral aggregate
resources where it is likely that development would constrain future access to
the resources. The extent of the adjacent lands may be recommended by the
Province; and
d) for the purposes of cultural heritage, adjacent lands shall refer to those lands
adjoining a property on the Heritage Register or in a Heritage Conservation
District and lands that are separated from a property on the Heritage Register
or in a Heritage Conservation District by land used as a private or public road,
highway, street, lane, trail, right-of-way, walkway, and/or easement, or an
intersection of any of these.
Affordable
a) In the case of ownership housing, the least expensive of:
i.
Housing for which the purchase price results in annual accommodation
costs which do not exceed 30 percent of gross annual household income
for low- and moderate-income households; or
ii.
Housing for which the purchase price is at least 10 percent below the
average purchase price of a resale unit in the regional market area;
b) In the case of rental housing, the least expensive of:
i.
A unit for which the rent does not exceed 30 percent of gross annual
household income for low- and moderate-income households; or
ii.
A unit for which the rent is at or below the average market rent of a unit in
the regional market area.
Agricultural area
Areas where agricultural lands predominate. This includes: areas of agricultural lands and
associated Canada Land Inventory Class 4-7 soils; and additional areas where there is a local
concentration of farms which exhibit characteristics of ongoing agriculture. Agricultural areas may
be identified by the Ontario Ministry of Agriculture and Food using evaluation procedures
established by the Province as amended from time to time, or may also be identified through an
alternative agricultural land evaluation system approved by the Province. Agricultural areas are
designated on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations of this Official Plan.
Page 154
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Agricultural land
Land that includes specialty crop areas and/or Canada Land Inventory Classes 1, 2, and 3 soils,
in this order of priority for protection.
Agricultural uses
The growing of crops, including nursery, biomass, and horticultural crops; raising of livestock;
raising of other animals for food, fur or fibre, including poultry and fish; aquaculture; apiaries;
agro-forestry; maple syrup production; and associated on-farm buildings and structures,
including, but not limited to livestock facilities, manure storages, value-retaining facilities, and
accommodation for full-time farm labour when the size and nature of the operation requires
additional employment.
Agriculture-related uses
Farm-related commercial and farm-related industrial uses that are directly related to farm
operations in the area, support agriculture, benefit from being in close proximity to farm
operations, provide direct products and/or services to farm operations as a primary activity, but
are not usually carried out on a farm. Examples include farm-related commercial uses such as
farm supply co-op, farm equipment repair shop and stock yard, farmers' market and also farm-
related industrial uses such as a feed mill, grain dryer, fertilizer storage, and food and beverage
processors.
Agri-tourism uses
Farm-related tourism uses, including limited accommodation such as a bed and breakfast, that
promote the enjoyment, education or activities related to the farm operation and generate
supplemental income for the owner.
Alter
A change in any manner including restoration, renovation, or repair to the heritage attributes of a
designated property.
Archaeological resources
Includes artifacts, archaeological sites, marine archaeological sites, as defined under the Ontario
Heritage Act. The identification and evaluation of such resources are based upon fieldwork
undertaken in accordance with the Ontario Heritage Act.
Areas of archaeological potential
Areas with the likelihood to contain archaeological resources. Methods to identify archaeological
potential are established by the Province, but municipal approaches which achieve the same
Page 155
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
objectives may also be used. The Ontario Heritage Act requires archaeological potential to be
confirmed through archaeological fieldwork.
Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSIs)
Areas of land and water containing natural landscapes or features that have been identified as
having life science or earth science values related to protection, scientific study or education.
Bay of Quinte Remedial Action Plan
A Remedial Action Plan or a "RAP" is an important scientific endeavor that is part of many
communities around the Great Lakes. A RAP is a response of government, industry, and the local
community to environmental concerns that are believed to impair the use of various resources
such as drinking water, fish and recreation. A RAP is a process to remove the Area of Concern
designation by the International Joint Commission. In this process, the environmental concerns
and various resources are placed into Beneficial Use Impairments that can be monitored and
assessed so that ultimately the AOC can be delisted. Since 1997, implementation of
recommended actions for the Bay of Quinte has been fascinated by members of the Bay of Quinte
Restoration Council.
Bed and breakfast establishments (B&Bs)
A single-detached dwelling in which the owner and operator who occupies the dwelling provides
up to a maximum of four (4) guest rooms for the temporary accommodation of the travelling public.
Bed and Breakfast establishments may offer light meals to the residing guests.
Brownfield sites
Underdeveloped or previously developed properties that may be contaminated. They are usually,
but not exclusively, former industrial or commercial properties that may be underutilized, derelict
or vacant.
Built heritage resource
A building, structure, monument, installation or any manufactured remnant that contributes to a
property's cultural heritage value or interest as identified by a community, including an Aboriginal
community. Built heritage resources are generally located on property that has been designated
under Parts IV or V of the Ontario Heritage Act, or included on local, provincial and/or federal
registers.
Coastal wetland
a) any wetland that is located on one of the Great Lakes or their connecting
channels (Lake St. Clair, St. Mary's, Detroit, St. Clair, Detroit, Niagara and St.
Lawrence Rivers); or,
Page 156
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
b) any other wetland that is on a tributary to any of the above-specified water
bodies and lies, either wholly or in part, downstream of a line located 2
kilometres upstream of the 1:100-year floodline (plus wave run-up) of the large
water body to which the tributary is connected.
Co-housing
Co-housing is a cluster of dwelling units with shared facilities.
Compact built form
A land-use pattern that encourages efficient use of land walkable neighbourhoods, mixed land
uses (residential, retail, workplace and institutional all within one neighbourhood), proximity to a
multi-modal transportation options, and reduced need for infrastructure. Compact built form can
include detached and semi-detached houses on small lots as well as townhouses and walk-up
apartments, multi-storey commercial developments, and apartments or offices above retail.
Compatible development
Compatible development is development that may not necessarily be the same or even similar to
existing development, but that nonetheless enhances the character of the existing community,
and avoids creating any undue, adverse impacts on adjacent properties.
Complete community
Complete Communities meet people's needs for daily living throughout an entire lifetime by
providing convenient access to an appropriate mix of jobs, local services, a full range of housing
and community infrastructure such as affordable housing, schools, recreation and open space for
their residents. Convenient and safe access to a multi-modal transportation system is also
provided.
Comprehensive review
a) For the purposes of expanding a Settlement Area boundary or re-designating
employment lands to another use, a comprehensive review means an official
plan review or an official plan amendment that is initiated by the County, and:
i.
Is based on a review of population and growth projections; considers
alternative directions for growth; and determines how best to
accommodate this growth while protecting provincial interests;
ii.
Utilizes opportunities to accommodate projected growth through
intensification and redevelopment; and considers physical constraints to
accommodating the proposed development within existing settlement
area boundaries;
Page 157
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
iii.
Is integrated with planning for infrastructure and public service facilities,
and considers financial viability over the life cycle of these assets, which
may be demonstrated through asset management planning
iv.
Confirms sufficient water quality, quantity and assimilative capacity of
receiving water are available to accommodate the proposed
development;
v.
Confirms that sewage and water services can be provided in
accordance with Provincial Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS) 1.6.6; and
vi.
Considers cross-jurisdictional issues.
In undertaking a comprehensive review, the level of detail of the assessment will correspond with
the complexity and scale of the settlement boundary or development proposal.
Conserved
The identification, protection, management and use of built heritage resources, cultural heritage
landscapes and archaeological resources in a manner that ensures their cultural heritage value
or interest is retained under the Ontario Heritage Act. This may be achieved by the
implementation of recommendations set out in a conservation plan, archaeological assessment,
and/or heritage impact assessment. Mitigative measures and/or alternative development
approaches can be included in these plans and assessments.
Cultural heritage landscape
A defined geographical area that may have been modified by human activity and is identified as
having cultural heritage value or interest by a community, including an Aboriginal community. The
area may involve features such as structures, spaces, archaeological sites or natural elements
that are valued together for their interrelationship, meaning or association. Examples may include,
but are not limited to, heritage conservation districts designated under the Ontario Heritage Act;
villages, parks, gardens, battlefields, Main Streets and neighbourhoods, cemeteries, trailways,
viewsheds, natural areas and industrial complexes of heritage significance; and areas recognized
by federal or international designation authorities (e.g. a National Historic Site or District
designation, or a UNESCO World Heritage Site).
Deposits of mineral aggregate resources
An area of identified mineral aggregate resources, as delineated in the Aggregate Resource
Inventory, or comprehensive studies prepared using evaluation procedures established by the
Province for surficial and bedrock resources, as amended from time to time, that has a sufficient
quantity and quality to warrant present or future extraction.
Page 158
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Development
The creation of a new lot, a change in land use, or the construction of buildings and structures,
requiring approval under the Planning Act, but does not include activities that create or maintain
infrastructure authorized under an environmental assessment process.
Dynamic beach hazard
Areas of inherently unstable accumulations of shoreline sediments along the Great Lakes − St.
Lawrence River System and large inland lakes, as identified by provincial standards, as amended
from time to time. The dynamic beach hazard limit consists of the flooding hazard limit plus a
dynamic beach allowance.
Ecological function
The natural processes, products or services that living and non-living environments provide or
perform within or between species, ecosystems and landscapes. These may include biological,
physical and socio-economic interactions.
Endangered species
A species that is listed or categorized as an "Endangered Species" on the Ontario Ministry of
Natural Resources and Forestry's official Species at Risk list, as updated and amended from time
to time.
Environmental Impact Study (EIS)
An Environmental Impact Study (EIS) shall be prepared by a qualified individual and is used to
provide a sufficient level of detail to demonstrate that a proposed development will have no
negative impacts on the natural features or ecological functions of the subject and adjacent lands.
The purpose of an EIS is to inform the design and configuration of the development, to avoid
negative impacts at the outset, and to identify appropriate mitigation and/or compensation for
unavoidable impacts. An EIS may be required by the policies of this Plan for development or site
alteration. The scale and subject matter of the EIS required will vary with the scale and type of
development proposed. This shall be determined in pre-consultation with the Conservation
Authority and the municipality prior to the EIS proceeding. A sample terms of reference for an EIS
is provided in Appendix B.
Erosion hazard
The loss of land, due to human or natural processes, that poses a threat to life and property. The
erosion hazard limit is determined using considerations that include the 100-year erosion rate
(the average annual rate of recession extended over a one-hundred-year time span), an
allowance for slope stability, and an erosion/erosion access allowance.
Page 159
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Existing lot of record
A parcel of land under distinct and separate ownership from abutting lands that was in existence
on or before the date of the approval of this Plan.
Farm consolidation
The merging of two contiguous properties in a single property under the same ownership. This
may also include properties which are owned by the same property owner but are not contiguous.
Fish
Fish, which as defined in S.2 of the Fisheries Act, c. F-14, as amended, includes fish, shellfish,
crustaceans and marine animals, at all stages of their life cycles.
Fish habitat
As defined in the Fisheries Act, c. F-14, means spawning grounds and any other areas, including
nursery, rearing, food supply and migration areas on which fish depend directly or indirectly in
order to carry out their life processes.
Flood plain
For river, stream and small inland lake systems, means the area, usually low lands adjoining a
watercourse, which has been or may be subject to flooding hazards.
Flooding hazard
The inundation, under the conditions specified below, of areas adjacent to a shoreline or a river
or stream system and not ordinarily covered by water:
a) Along the shorelines of the Great Lakes − St. Lawrence River System and large
inland lakes, the flooding hazard limit is based on the one-hundred-year flood
level plus an allowance for wave uprush and other water-related hazards;
b) Along river, stream and small inland lake systems, the flooding hazard limit is
the greater of:
i.
the flood resulting from the rainfall actually experienced during a major
storm, transposed over a specific watershed and combined with the local
conditions, where evidence suggests that the storm event could have
potentially occurred over watersheds in the general area; or,
ii.
the one-hundred-year flood level; and
Page 160
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
iii.
a flood which is greater than i) or ii) which was actually experienced in a
particular watershed or portion thereof as a result of ice jams and which
has been approved as the standard for that specific area by the Minister
of Natural Resources;
Except where the use of the one-hundred-year flood or the actually experienced event has been
approved by the Minister of Natural Resources as the standard for a specific watershed (where
the past history of flooding supports the lowering of the standard).
Garden suite
A garden suite is a self-contained residential unit with kitchen and bathroom facilities within a
structure accessory to the dwelling on the same lot, and is designed to be portable and temporary.
Great lakes − St. Lawrence River system
The major water system consisting of Lakes Superior, Huron, St. Clair, Erie and Ontario and their
connecting channels, and the St. Lawrence River within the boundaries of the Province of Ontario.
Green infrastructure
Natural and human-made elements that provide ecological and hydrological benefits. Green
infrastructure can include components such as natural heritage features and systems, parklands,
stormwater management systems, street trees, urban forests, natural channels, permeable
surfaces, and green roofs.
Green energy
Refer to definition for Renewable Energy Systems.
Groundwater feature
Water-related features in the earth's subsurface, including recharge/discharge areas, water
tables, aquifers and unsaturated zones that can be defined by surface and subsurface
hydrogeological investigations.
Habitat of endangered species and threatened species
a) With respect to a species listed on the Species at Risk in Ontario List as an
endangered or threatened species for which a regulation made under clause
55(1)(a) of the Endangered Species Act, 2007 is in force--means the area
prescribed by that regulation as the habitat of the species;
b) With respect to any other species listed on the Species at Risk in Ontario List
as an endangered or threatened species, an area on which the species
depends, directly or indirectly, to carry on its life processes, including life
Page 161
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
processes such as reproduction, rearing, hibernation, migration or feeding, as
approved by the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry; and
c) Places in the areas described in a) and b), whichever is applicable, that are
used by members of the species as dens, nests, hibernacula or other
residences.
Hazardous forest types for wildland fire
Forest types assessed as being associated with the risk of high to extreme wildland fire using risk
assessment tools established by the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry, as
amended from time to time.
Hazardous lands
Property or lands that could be unsafe for development and site alteration due to naturally
occurring processes. These may include unstable soils (sensitive marine clays [leda], organic
soils) or unstable bedrock (karst topography). Along the shorelines of the Great Lakes - St.
Lawrence River System, this means the land, including that covered by water, between the
international boundary, where applicable, and the furthest landward limit of the flooding hazard,
erosion hazard or dynamic beach hazard limits. Along the shorelines of large inland lakes, this
means the land, including that covered by water, between a defined offshore distance or depth
and the furthest landward limit of the flooding hazard, erosion hazard, or dynamic beach hazard
limits. Along river, stream and small inland lake systems, this means the land including that
covered by water, to the furthest landward limit of the flooding hazard or erosion hazard limits.
Heritage attributes
The principal features or elements that contribute to a protected heritage property's cultural
heritage value or interest, and may include the property's built or manufactured elements, as well
as natural landforms, vegetation, water features, and its visual setting (including significant views
or vistas to or from a protected heritage property).
Heritage impact Assessment
Heritage Impact Assessment is a study to determine the impacts to known and potential cultural
heritage resources within an area proposed for future development. The study would include an
inventory of all cultural heritage resources onsite and adjacent to the planning application area.
The study would also include an evaluation of the significance of the identified cultural heritage
resources and would provide an overview of how the proposed development will impact the
identified cultural heritage resources and neighbouring properties. The study would assess
alternative development options, conservation measures, site alteration approaches and
mitigation measures to conserve the cultural heritage resources. The study must also include an
evaluation of potential cultural heritage resources identified, including a recommendation as to
whether or not the subject property is of cultural heritage value or significance and therefore is
eligible for heritage designation.
Page 162
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Home business
A use accessory to a dwelling unit, established for gainful employment and involving the
manufacture, provision or sale of goods and/or services.
Hydrogeological study
Means a study to determine the capability and supply of potable groundwater, to assess the
impact of private sewage disposal systems on groundwater quality and to analyze the physical
ability of the soils to support the proposed development. Guidelines of the local Health Unit and
the Ministry of Environment, Conservation, and Parks shall be adhered to in the preparation of
such studies.
Individual on-site sewage services
Means sewage systems, as defined in O. Reg. 332/12 under the Building Code Act, 1992, that
are owned, operated and managed by the owner of the property upon which the system is located.
Individual on-site water services
Individual, autonomous water supply systems that are owned, operated and managed by the
owner of the property upon which the system is located.
Infill development
The development of a new residence between two houses or vacant residentially zoned legal lots
existing as of the date of approval of this Plan which are located on the same side of a public
road or an existing private right of way in the Shore Land designation which are separated by the
required distance.
Infrastructure
Physical structures (facilities and corridors) that form the foundation for development.
Infrastructure includes: sewage and water systems, septage treatment systems, stormwater
management systems, waste management systems, electricity generation facilities, electricity
transmission and distribution systems, communications/telecommunications, transit and
transportation corridors and facilities, oil and gas pipelines and associated facilities.
Institutional Use
Land uses where there is a threat to the safe evacuation of vulnerable populations such as older
Persons, persons with disabilities, and those who are sick or young, during an emergency as a
result of flooding, failure of floodproofing measures or protection works, or erosion.
Page 163
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Intensification
The development of a property, site or area at a higher density than currently exists through:
a) Re-development, including the reuse of brownfield sites;
b) The development of vacant and/or underutilized lots within previously
developed areas;
c) Infill development; and
d) The expansion or conversion of existing buildings.
Lake Management Plans
Lake Management Plans provide more detailed land use policy direction for specific lakes, and
are intended to go beyond the more general policy framework of the Official Plan. Such plans are
intended to identify, reflect and respond to the character and physical capabilities of particular
lakes, and will be implemented through an amendment to the Official Plan.
Live-work unit
Live-work units include residential lots where both residential and commercial uses are permitted.
The commercial use may be either within a building or in a detached building on the residential
lot. The dual uses are typically separated either because they are in different buildings, or through
interior building techniques.
Low- and moderate-income households
a) In the case of ownership housing, households with incomes in the lowest 60
percent of the income distribution for the regional market area; or,
b) In the case of rental housing, households with incomes in the lowest 60 percent
of the income distribution for renter households for the regional market area.
Major Development
Development that is a proposal with a proposed impervious area greater than 500 square metres
or has an environmental footprint (e.g. the total footprint including parking lots, driveways, building
and structures, underground infrastructure, laneways and sidewalks, loading areas, septic
systems, etc.) of greater than 0.4 hectares (1 acre) requiring any of:
a) An Official Plan amendment,
b) A zoning by-law amendment,
c) A plan of subdivision/condominium; or
a) A site plan control application(s).
Page 164
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Marine facilities
Ferries, harbours, ports, ferry terminals, canals and associated uses, including designated lands
for future marine facilities.
Mineral aggregate resource conservation
Means the recovery and recycling of manufactured materials derived from mineral aggregates
(e.g. glass, porcelain, brick, concrete, asphalt, slag, etc.), for re-use in construction,
manufacturing, industrial or maintenance projects as a substitute for new mineral aggregates;
and the wise use of mineral aggregates including utilization or extraction of on-site mineral
aggregate resources prior to development occurring
Minimum distance separation (MDS) formulae
Formulae and guidelines developed by the Province, as amended from time to time, to separate
uses so as to reduce incompatibility concerns about odour from livestock facilities.
Multi-modal transportation system
The availability or use of more than one form of transportation, such as automobiles, walking,
cycling, buses, rapid transit, rail (such as commuter and freight), trucks, air and marine.
Municipal sewage services
A sewage works within the meaning of Section 1 of the Ontario Water Resources Act that is
owned or operated by a municipality.
Municipal water services
A municipal drinking-water system within the meaning of Section 2 of the Safe Drinking Water
Act, 2002.
Natural heritage features and areas
Features and areas, including significant wetlands, significant coastal wetlands, other coastal
wetlands in Ecoregions 5E, 6E, and 7E, fish habitat, significant woodlands and significant
valleylands in Ecoregions 6E and 7E (excluding islands in Lake Huron and the St. Mary's River),
habitat of endangered species and threatened species, significant wildlife habitat, significant
groundwater recharge areas, and significant Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSIs),
which are important for their environmental and social values as a legacy of the natural
landscapes of an area.
Page 165
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Natural heritage system
A system made up of natural heritage features and areas, and linkages intended to provide
connectivity (at the regional or site level) and support natural processes which are necessary to
maintain biological and geological diversity, natural functions, viable populations of indigenous
species, and ecosystems. These systems can include natural heritage features and areas, federal
and provincial parks and conservation reserves, other natural heritage features, lands that have
been restored or have the potential to be restored to a natural state, areas that support hydrologic
and hydrogeological functions, and working landscapes that enable ecological functions to
continue. The province has a recommended approach for identifying natural heritage systems,
but municipal approaches that achieve or exceed the same objective may also be used.
Negative impacts
a) Degradation to the quality and quantity of water, sensitive surface water
features and sensitive groundwater features, and their related hydrologic
functions, due to single, multiple or successive development or site alteration
activities. Negative impacts will be assessed through environmental studies
including hydrogeological or water quality impact assessments, in accordance
with provincial standards;
b) In regard to fish habitat, any permanent alteration to, or destruction of fish
habitat, except where, in conjunction with appropriate authorities, it has been
authorized under the Fisheries Act; and
c) In regard to other natural heritage features and areas, degradation that
threatens the health and integrity of the natural features or ecological functions
for which an area is identified due to single, multiple or successive development
or site alteration activities.
Normal farm practices
A practice, as defined in the Farming and Food Production Protection Act, 1998, that is conducted
in a manner consistent with proper and acceptable customs and standards as established and
followed by similar agricultural operations under similar circumstances; or makes use of
innovative technology in a manner consistent with proper advanced farm management practices.
Normal farm practices shall be consistent with the Nutrient Management Act, 2002 and
regulations made under that Act.
On-farm diversified uses
Uses that are secondary to the principal agricultural use of the property, and are limited in area.
On-farm diversified uses include, but are not limited to, home occupations, home industries, agri-
tourism uses, and uses that produce value-added agricultural products.
Page 166
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
One-hundred-year flood
For river, stream and small inland lake systems, means that flood, based on an analysis of
precipitation, snow melt, or a combination thereof, having a return period of 100 years on average,
or having a 1% chance of occurring or being exceeded in any given year.
One-hundred-year flood level
a) For the shorelines of the Great Lakes, the peak instantaneous stillwater level,
resulting from combinations of mean monthly lake levels and wind setups,
which has a 1% chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year;
b) In the connecting channel (St. Mary's, St. Clair, Detroit, Niagara and St.
Lawrence Rivers), the peak instantaneous stillwater level which has a 1%
chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year; and
c) For large inland lakes, lake levels and wind setups that have a 1% chance of
being equaled or exceeded in any given year, except that, where sufficient
water level records do not exist, the one-hundred-year flood level is based on
the highest known water level and wind setups.
Partial services
a) Municipal sewage services or private communal sewage services and individual
on-site water services; or
b) Municipal water services or private communal water services and individual on-
site sewage services.
Private communal sewage services
Sewage works within the meaning of Section 1 of the Ontario Water Resources Act that serves
six or more lots or private residences and is not owned by a municipality.
Private communal water services
Non-municipal drinking-water system within the meaning of Section 2 of the Safe Drinking Water
Act, 2002 that serves six or more lots or private residences.
Protected heritage property
Property designated under Parts IV, V or VI of the Ontario Heritage Act; property subject to a
heritage conservation easement under Parts II or IV of the Ontario Heritage Act; property
identified by the Province and prescribed public bodies as a provincial heritage property under
Page 167
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
the Standards and Guidelines for Conservation of Provincial Heritage Properties; property
protected under federal legislation, and UNESCO World Heritage Sites.
Public service facilities
Land, buildings and structures for the provision of programs and services provided or subsidized
by a government or other body, such as social assistance, recreation, police and fire protection,
health and educational programs, and cultural services. Public service facilities do not include
infrastructure.
Recreation
Leisure time activity undertaken in built or natural settings for purposes of physical activity, health
benefits, sport participation and skill development, personal enjoyment, positive social interaction
and the achievement of human potential.
Redevelopment
The creation of new units, uses or lots on previously developed land in existing communities,
including brownfield sites.
Renewable energy source
An energy source that is renewed by natural processed and includes wind, water, biomass,
biogas, biofuel, solar energy, geothermal energy and tidal forces.
Renewable energy systems
A system that generates electricity from an energy source that is renewable by natural processes,
including but not limited to wind, water, biomass, biogas, solar energy and geothermal energy.
Regional market area
An area that has a high degree of social and economic interaction. The upper or single-tier
municipality, or planning area, will normally serve as the regional market area. However, where
a regional market area extends significantly beyond these boundaries, then the regional market
area may be based on the larger market area. Where regional market areas are very large and
sparsely populated, a smaller area, if defined in an official plan, may be utilized.
Reserve sewage system capacity
Design or planned capacity in a centralized waste water treatment facility which is not yet
committed to existing or approved development. For the purposes of policy 1.6.6 of the Provincial
Policy Statement, 2020 (PPS) or its successor, reserve capacity for private communal sewage
services and individual on-site sewage services is considered sufficient if the hauled sewage from
the development can be treated and land-applied on agricultural land under the Nutrient
Page 168
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Management Act, or disposed of at sites approved under the Environmental Protection Act or the
Ontario Water Resources Act, but not by land-applying untreated, hauled sewage.
Reserve water system capacity
Design or planned capacity in a centralized water treatment facility which is not yet committed to
existing or approved development.
Residential intensification
Intensification of a property, site or area which results in a net increase in residential units or
accommodation and includes:
a) redevelopment, including the redevelopment of brownfield sites;
b) the development of vacant land or underutilized lots within previously developed
areas;
c) infill development;
d) the conversion or expansion of existing industrial, commercial and institutional
buildings for residential use; and
e) the conversion or expansion of existing residential buildings to create new
residential units or accommodation, including accessory apartments,
secondary suites and rooming houses.
River, stream and small inland lake systems
All watercourses, rivers, streams, and small inland lakes or waterbodies that have a measurable
or predictable response to a single runoff event.
Rural areas
A system of lands within municipalities that may include rural Settlement Areas, such as hamlets,
Shore Lands, Agricultural areas, Rural Lands, resource areas, open space, and natural heritage
features and areas.
Rural lands
Lands which are located outside Settlement Areas and which are outside Agricultural areas. Rural
Lands are designated on Schedule "A": Land Use Designations of this Official Plan.
Page 169
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Second unit
A second unit is a self-contained residential unit with kitchen and bathroom facilities within a
dwelling or within a structure accessory to the dwelling on the same lot.
Sensitive land use
Buildings, amenity areas, or outdoor spaces where routine or normal activities occurring at
reasonably expected times would experience one or more adverse effects from contaminant
discharges generated by a nearby major facility. Sensitive land uses may be a part of the natural
or built environment. Examples may include, but are not limited to: residences, day care centres,
and educational and health facilities.
Servicing options investigation
A report which outlines the most appropriate method of servicing a proposed development with
potable water and sanitary sewage disposal facilities. The report will evaluate the long-term
impacts of each of the servicing options (e.g. full communal, partial communal, full private) on the
basis of their cost, quantity and quality of groundwater resources, and the assimilative capacity
of the groundwater or surface water to absorb effluent without adversely impacting the natural
environment. The terms of reference for the servicing options investigation report shall be
identified by the County in conjunction with the Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks.
Settlement Areas
Urban areas and rural Settlement Areas within municipalities (such as cities, towns, villages and
hamlets) that are:
a) built up areas where development is concentrated and which have a mix of land
uses;
b) lands which have been designated in an official plan for development over the
long-term planning horizon. In cases where land in designated growth areas is
not available, the settlement area may be no larger than the area where
development is concentrated.
Sewage and water services
Includes municipal sewage services and municipal water services, private communal sewage
services and private communal water services, individual on-site sewage services and individual
on-site water services, and partial services.
Page 170
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Settlement Area boundary
The limits of the Urban and Rural Settlement Areas, including Urban Centres, Villages and Hamlets as
shown on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations.
Shore Lands
Shore Lands are lands at the water's edge throughout the County, adjacent to lakes, bays or
rivers. These lands, which are a focus for tourism activities and a home to a significant permanent
and seasonal population, are designated on Schedule 'A': Land Use Designations of this
Official Plan.
Shoreline buffer
Areas of shoreline land that surround the County's water bodies and require protection to maintain
water quality, fish habitat, and the contribution of shorelines to wildlife habitats.
Short-Term Accommodation (STA)
A dwelling or dwelling unit, or any portion of it that is rented with the intention of financial
compensation for any portion of a period of less than 30 days and includes a bed and breakfast
establishment, but does not include a motel, hotel, hospital, or other short-term accommodations
where there is no financial consideration or payment exchanged.
Significant
a) in regard to wetlands, coastal wetlands and Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest
(ANSIs), an area identified as Provincially Significant by the Ontario Ministry of Natural
Resources and Forestry using evaluation procedures established by the Province, as
amended from time to time;
b) in regard to woodlands, an area which is ecologically important in terms of features such
as species composition, age of trees and stand history; functionally important due to its
contribution to the broader landscape because of its location, size or due to the amount
of forest cover in the planning area; or economically important due to site quality, species
composition, or past management history;
c) in regard to other significant natural heritage features and areas, ecologically important in
terms of features, functions, representation or amount, and contributing to the quality and
diversity of an identifiable geographic area or natural heritage system;
d) in regard to mineral potential, an area identified as provincially significant through
evaluation procedures developed by the Province, as amended from time to time, such
as the Provincially Significant Mineral Potential Index; and
Page 171
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
e) in regard to cultural heritage and archaeology, resources that have been determined to
have cultural heritage value or interest for the important contribution they make to our
understanding of the history of a place, an event, or a people.
.
Criteria for determining significance for the resources identified in items c)-e) above are
recommended by the Province, but municipal approaches that achieve or exceed the same
objective may also be used.
While some significant resources may already be identified and inventoried by official sources,
the significance of others can only be determined after evaluation.
Site alteration
Activities, such as grading, excavation and the placement of fill that would change the landform
and natural vegetative characteristics of a site.
Special needs housing
Housing, including dedicated facilities, in whole or part, that is used by people who have specific
needs beyond economic needs, including but not limited to, needs such as mobility requirements
or support functions required for daily living. Examples of special needs housing may include, but
are not limited to, housing for persons with disabilities such as physical, sensory or mental health
disabilities, and housing for older persons.
Specialty crop area
Areas designated using guidelines developed by the Province, as amended from time to time. In
these areas, specialty crops are predominantly grown such as tender fruits (peaches, cherries,
and plums), grapes, other fruit crops, vegetable crops, greenhouse crops, and crops from
agriculturally developed organic soil, usually resulting from:
a) Soils that have suitability to produce specialty crops, or lands that are subject
to special climatic conditions, or a combination of both;
b) farmers skilled in the production of specialty crops; and
c) a long-term investment of capital in areas such as crops, drainage,
infrastructure and related facilities and services to produce, store, or process
specialty crops.
Strip Development
The linear pattern of individual residential or commercial uses along rural highways, made up
primarily of single-story buildings, each with a separate driveway and parking area. Parcels tend
Page 172
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
to be broad, to take advantage of highway exposure. This means the "strip" is entirely developed
for auto traffic, and rarely connects to existing centers, neighborhoods or walking or biking
infrastructure. In determining whether a proposed development constitutes strip development,
consideration will be given to the topographic constraints in the area in which the development is
to be located.
Threatened species
A species that is listed or categorized as a "Threatened Species" on the Ontario Ministry of Natural
Resources and Forestry' official species at risk list, as updated and amended from time to time.
Tourism corridors
Existing roads, including Loyalist Parkway and settlement Main Streets, which have a historic and
scenic value for tourists and other visitors. Some of these roads are identified as routes linking
particular cultural amenities, such as the Arts Trail and the Taste Trail. The County's networks of
Tourism Corridors together with the Millennium Trail, a major recreational resource, make up the
Tourism Routes shown on Schedule 'F': Recreation and Tourism.
Transportation demand management
Strategies that result in more efficient use of the transportation system by influencing travel
behavior by mode, time of day, frequency, trip length, regulation, route, or cost.
Transportation System
Means a system consisting of facilities, corridors and rights-of-way for the movement of people
and goods, and associated transportation facilities including transit stops and stations, sidewalks,
cycle lanes, bus lanes, high occupancy vehicle lanes, rail facilities, parking facilities, park'n'ride
lots, service centres, rest stops, vehicle inspection stations, inter-modal facilities,
harbours, airports, marine facilities, ferries, canals and associated facilities such as storage and
maintenance.
Tree-line/Fence Bottom
A linear vegetation community typically comprising of bushes, trees, and/or plants that is naturally
occurring or planted and may serve as a corridor or habitat for wildlife. These landscape features
are known by a variety of terms including fence line, shelterbelt, and windbreak.
Urban agriculture
Urban agriculture refers to food production in urban areas, whether it is for personal consumption,
commercial sale, education or therapy. Urban agriculture may be used for personal consumption,
commercial sale, education or therapy. It can take a variety of forms, including:
Page 173
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
a) gardening in backyards;
b) container gardening on balconies or rooftops; and
c) community gardening and city allotments.
Valleylands
A natural area that occurs in a valley or other landform depression that has water flowing through
or standing for some period of the year.
Vulnerable Populations
Sub-populations or groups of people that suffer the burden of illness and distress greater than
other residents. This may include children, older adults, people living with mental illness, disability
and individuals or families living on a low income.
Waste management system
Sites and facilities to accommodate solid waste from one or more municipalities and includes
recycling facilities, transfer stations, processing sites, and disposal sites.
Farm fields upon which manure, kiln dust and other treated or non-treated wastes that meet MOE
standards are spread will not constitute a waste disposal site for the purpose of this Plan. MOE
shall consult with Council prior to issuing certificate of approvals so that Council may be informed
of the proposed extent, location and nature of these uses and have some input as to their
appropriateness in the County.
Watershed
An area that is drained by a river and its tributaries.
Wayside pits and quarries
A temporary pit or quarry which supplies aggregate for a temporary public project, specifically
construction or maintenance of a road.
Wave uprush
The rush of water up onto a shoreline or structure following the breaking of a wave; the limit of
wave uprush is the point of furthest landward rush of water onto the shoreline.
Wellhead
The location of an operating municipal well that provides water to a public water supply system.
Page 174
Official Plan
5.3 Glossary of Terms
Wellhead protection area
An area surrounding a wellhead that is related to the wellhead and within which it is desirable to
regulate or monitor drinking water threats.
Wetlands
Lands that are seasonally or permanently covered by shallow water, as well as lands where the
water table is close to or at the surface. In either case the presence of abundant water has caused
the formation of hydric soils and has favoured the dominance of either hydrophytic plants or water
tolerant plants. The four major types of wetlands are swamps, marshes, bogs and fens.
Periodically soaked or wetlands being used for agricultural purposes which no longer exhibit
wetland characteristics are not considered to be wetlands for the purposes of this definition.
Wildland fire assessment and mitigation standards
The combination of risk assessment tools and environmentally appropriate mitigation measures
identified by the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry to be incorporated into the
design, construction and/or modification of buildings, structures, properties and/or communities
to reduce the risk to public safety, infrastructure and property from wildland fire.
Wildlife habitat
Areas where plants, animals and other organisms live, and find adequate amounts of food, water,
shelter and space needed to sustain their populations. Specific wildlife habitats of concern may
include areas where species concentrate at a vulnerable point in their annual or life cycle; and
areas which are important to migratory or non-migratory species.
Woodlands
Treed areas that provide environmental and economic benefits to both the private landowner and
the general public, such as erosion prevention, hydrological and nutrient cycling, provision of
clean air and the long-term storage of carbon, provision of wildlife habitat, outdoor recreational
opportunities, and the sustainable harvest of a wide range of woodland products. Woodlands
include treed areas, woodlots or forested areas and vary in their level of significance at the local,
regional and provincial levels. Woodlands may be delineated according to the Forestry Act
definition or the Province's Ecological Land Classification system definition for "forest".
COUNTY OF PRINCE EDWARD
O F F I C I A L
P L A N
APPENDIX A
MAPS
County of Prince Edward Development Services
Adopted by Council: February 24, 2021
Approved by MMAH: July 7, 2021
Effective Date: July 8, 2021
[APPENDIX A - SETTLEMENT BOUNDARY MAPS]
COUNTY OF PRINCE EDWARD
O F F I C I A L
P L A N
APPENDIX B
SAMPLE TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY
County of Prince Edward Development Services
Adopted by Council: February 24, 2021
Approved by MMAH: July 7, 2021
Effective Date: July 8, 2021
EIS Sample Terms of Reference
Environmental Impact Study
Sample Terms of Reference & Submissions Standards
EIS Sample Terms of Reference
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY - WHEN IS IT REQUIRED? ......................................................... 1
1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY - WHAT IS IT? ........................................................................... 2
1.3 PRE-CONSULTATION - BEFORE SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION ..................................................... 2
1.4 WHY IS AN EIS REQUIRED? .............................................................................................................. 3
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................. 3
1.6 EIS TERMS OF REFERENCE ............................................................................................................... 3
2.0 EIS REPORT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 4
2.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................... 5
2.2 BACKGROUND ................................................................................................................................. 5
2.3 BIOPHYSICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE ........................................................................................ 5
2.4 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................. 8
2.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................. 9
2.6 ANALYSIS OF MITIGATION MEASURES AND COMPENSATION OPTIONS ...................................... 10
2.6.1 MITIGATION ........................................................................................................................... 11
2.6.2 COMPENSATION ..................................................................................................................... 11
2.7 MONITORING ................................................................................................................................ 12
2.8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................... 12
2.9 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 13
2.10 APPENDICIES ............................................................................................................................... 13
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................................ 13
APPENDICIES ........................................................................................................................................... 15
APPENDIX A: EIS SCOPING CHECKLIST ................................................................................................ 15
APPENDIX B: EIS REPORTING STANDARDS .......................................................................................... 17
APPENDIX C: DATA COLLECTION STANDARDS .................................................................................... 18
APPENDIX D: POTENTIAL IMPACTS ..................................................................................................... 20
Page | 1
An Environmental Impact Study (EIS) may be required by the policies of this Plan for development
or site alteration. The scale and subject matter of the EIS required will vary with the scale and type
of development proposed. This shall be determined in pre-consultation with the Conservation
Authority and the municipality prior to the EIS proceeding. Where applicable, an EIS will be
required to deem the planning application as complete.
This document outlines the EIS Terms of Reference and Submission Standards for proponents,
and their consultants, for both municipal planning and permit applications. The intent of these
guidelines is to:
1. Provide standardized study guidelines;
2. Improve the quality of submitted reports; and
3. Expedite the review process.
Figure 1. Overview of Environmental Impact Study process for municipal planning development
applications under the Planning Act.
Figure 1 EIS Process for illustrative purposes only.
After any required revisions are made, PEC retains the EIS for its decision making process.
PEC reviews EIS and approves, recommends revisions to proponent, or rejects EIS.
Proponent's consultant prepares EIS and submits to PEC
PEC staff and proponent discuss requirements (scoping) of the EIS.
Initial discussions between proponent and Quinte Conservation Authority for guidance.
Initial discussions between proponent and PEC regarding development proposal.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY - WHEN IS IT REQUIRED?
Page | 2
An EIS assesses potential impacts of a development proposal within or adjacent (as defined by the
PPS and other supporting documents) to a natural heritage feature or area. This EIS Terms of
Reference and Submission Standards document sets out the process for undertaking an EIS when
required as part of planning and permit applications. The purpose of the EIS is to ensure the
protection of significant1 natural heritage features and areas, and their functions, including, but
not limited to the list below.
-
Wetlands, including coastal wetlands
-
Habitat of Threatened and Endangered Species
-
Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest
-
Woodlands
- Valleylands
- Wildlife Habitat
An EIS identifies and assesses potential impacts of a proposed development on environmentally
sensitive features, adjacent lands and ecological functions, specifying appropriate mitigation
measures. It should be based on: a detailed literature review, field investigations, as well as
modeling (where appropriate). An EIS may be coordinated with other technical studies (e.g.
hydrological, hydrogeological, stormwater management). Lastly, an EIS should provide
recommendations for natural heritage protection and ecological enhancement.
Pre-consultation is an opportunity to discuss the development proposal and identify the issues
and concerns surrounding the protection of natural heritage on the subject site. Pre-consultation
should occur prior to circulation of the development application to ensure a complete application
is submitted.
The intent of pre-consultation is to determine the scope of EIS that is required based on the
significance and sensitivity of the natural heritage features and areas, and their associated
functions of the subject site and adjacent lands, and the scale of the proposal and identify any site
visit dates to be conducted by the proponent/consultants and agencies to field review and/or
stake the natural feature boundaries (e.g., top of bank, wetlands, woodland drip line), potential
locations for watercourse crossings, geotechnical hazards, etc.
1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY - WHAT IS IT?
1.3 PRE-CONSULTATION - BEFORE SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION
Page | 3
New development applications on a property that includes or is adjacent to a natural heritage
feature and area identified in the County's Official Plan or in the Zoning By-Law shall generally be
accompanied by an EIS that will ensure that the natural heritage feature and area and its
associated ecological functions are protected from any negative impact related to the proposed
development.
The PPS does not permit development and site alteration on adjacent lands to a significant natural
heritage feature and area, unless the ecological functions of those adjacent lands have been
evaluated demonstrating no negative development impacts on the features or their ecological
functions. For example, development or site alteration proposed within 120 m of a provincially
significant wetland (PSW) will trigger an EIS under the PPS.
It is important to note that the submission of an EIS does not guarantee approval of a
development or permit application. In some circumstances, PEC may require a peer review of the
EIS, and, like the EIS, the costs incurred to conduct the peer review will be the responsibility of
the proponent.
The EIS and associated fieldwork must be completed by qualified professionals within Ontario
having appropriate training, such as the Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry Ontario
Wetlands Evaluation System and the Ecological Land Classification system, as well as education
and experience in biology, ecology, landscape ecology, botany or other related fields. Specific
expertise may be required for specific surveys. The professional shall also have an understanding
of the natural heritage system of the region.
The specific information requirements needed to complete an EIS are scoped for each application
following the pre-consultation meeting. Generally, this will address the following:
1. Description of proposed development;
2. Study area boundaries;
3. Key ecological features, functions, linkages and other natural processes that may be
affected, directly or indirectly, by development;
4. Information needs and availability of information;
5. Potential impacts (direct and indirect) associated with the proposed development;
6. Means of avoiding or mitigating anticipated impacts; and
7. The nature and extent of additional information or studies that may be required.
1.4 WHY IS AN EIS REQUIRED?
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
1.6 EIS TERMS OF REFERENCE
Page | 4
An EIS checklist has been prepared (Appendix A) to assist with this EIS Terms of Reference
customization process. The purpose of the checklist is to identify EIS parameters that must be
addressed in order to support a proposed planning or permit application.
This section outlines PEC's requirements for an EIS report to support municipal planning
applications and permit applications. Table 1 summarizes the preferred EIS report Table of
Contents. The content requirements of each section are elaborated on in the following pages. The
EIS report formatting submission standards are listed in Appendix B.
Table 1. Outline of the Environmental Impact Study Report - Preferred Table of Contents.
EIS Report Section
Contents
Introduction
Results of pre-consultation
Background
Identity of proponent and professional(s)
Site plan of existing conditions
Location map
Land use history
Relevant policies and regulations
Biophysical Description of Site
Background studies and reports
Field work dates, methodology and results
Existing natural heritage elements
Map of existing natural heritage features and areas and
the associated development constraints
Description of Proposed
Development
Description of proposed development
Site plan of proposed site
Proposed site alterations
Potential Impacts Assessment
Map of development constraints and site plan
Impacts to physical features
Impacts to ecosystems
Impacts to society
General impacts
Analysis of Mitigation
Measures and Compensation
Options
Mitigation measures
Compensation options
Monitoring
Study design to evaluate mitigation and compensation
measures, where appropriate
Conclusions and
Recommendations
Summary of impacts
Summary of mitigation measures/compensation options
Preferred development alternative
References
List of reference materials cited
Appendices
Maps
2.0 EIS REPORT REQUIREMENTS
Page | 5
Species lists
Copies of completed field sheets
Photographs
CV(s) of professional(s) conducting EIS
This section of the EIS report should summarize the results of the pre-consultation meeting with
PEC and outline the agreed upon EIS Terms of Reference and should be consistent with the intent
of the PPS.
This section should provide details about existing conditions on the subject property. The identity
of the proponent, as well as the identity and professional expertise of the proponent's
representative(s) (consultant) should be outlined and their curriculum vitae (CV) be provided as
an appendix.
This section should also briefly describe the historical and present land uses on the subject
property, as well as the current land use policy and regulations. For areas on and immediately
adjacent to the site, include descriptions and clearly legible, scaled maps of the existing land uses
and existing Secondary Plan designations. A general location map and site map is required.
The ecological functions of the natural features, including the habitat needs of species that utilize
adjacent lands (as defined by the PPS and supporting documents), and an assessment of how the
site contributes to the natural heritage system of the area (e.g. sub-watershed) and the region
should be reviewed in this section. Discuss the significance, as defined in the PPS, of the natural
features/areas and functions identified and assess any apparent trends.
This section of the EIS should provide a description of the existing natural environment. It should
summarize the relevant background studies and report the results of field work conducted during
the current study. The study area, survey dates, and field methodology should be discussed in
detail. A discussion of the broader Natural Heritage System within which the site is located should
be included where applicable.
The biophysical description section can be divided according to six elements including: geology,
hydrogeology, hydrology, vegetation, wildlife and habitat. The inventory, described below, can be
done using primary and secondary information methods, as appropriate.
The use of historical aerial photographs for the subject and surrounding lands is encouraged.
2.1 INTRODUCTION
2.2 BACKGROUND
2.3 BIOPHYSICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE
Page | 6
Photos of the current land conditions are also required.
The following is a general list of elements to be considered in the biophysical description of the
site. All of these elements must be mapped on an existing conditions site plan showing existing
structures as well as existing natural heritage features and areas. Constraints to development
must be clearly identified.
1. Geology
-
Landforms
-
Soils
-
Topography
-
Erosion-prone locations
2. Hydrogeology
-
Recharge/discharge zones, including seeps
-
Groundwater quality and quantity
-
Groundwater elevations and flow directions
-
Seasonal groundwater elevation variations
-
Connection between groundwater and surface water at site, and the adjacent
natural feature(s)
3. Hydrology
-
Surface water quality and quantity
-
Surface drainage features, including swales
-
Wetlands
-
Floodplain and regulation limits
4. Vegetation (see Appendix C)
-
Onsite vegetation:
i.
Define the nature and the boundaries (including mapping) of any
significant features and ecological features and function on or adjacent
to the site (e.g. the identification of vegetation communities using the
Ecological Land Classification (ELC) system, a description of wooded areas
if present, the role of these wooded areas with respect to wildlife). In
tabular format, list all species observed by ecosite or vegetation type unit.
Provide copies of completed ELC field sheets in an appendix.
ii.
Please note, boundary delineation may be reviewed by applicable
Page | 7
agencies. Changes to the boundary of an evaluated area of the Natural
and Scientific Interest or wetland shall be subject to the approval of the
Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry.
iii.
Examine and report on soil samples for communities that may be
wetlands.
iv.
Describe the location and distribution of all rare or uncommon species
based on field surveys and those obtained from the local MNRF district
office.
v.
Map and evaluate wetlands using the latest Ontario Wetland Evaluation
System (OWES) Manual. Provide copies of completed OWES field sheets
in an appendix.
-
Offsite vegetation, adjacent to the subject property:
i.
Describe the location and distribution of any rare, uncommon or species
of conservation concern based on relevant field work and records
obtained from the local MNRF district office.
ii.
The potential for Alvar (a provincially significant vegetation community
that has been found in Prince Edward County) should be specifically
assessed through surveys at the appropriate time of the year.
5. Wildlife (see Appendix C)
-
Inventory all wildlife species for each ELC ecosite or vegetation type observed
during field site visits and in background reviews. Conduct species specific
inventories using acceptable methodologies when required.
-
The type of wildlife surveys to be conducted should be guided partly by the
potential for Species at Risk (SAR) on the site. A list of potential SAR should be
derived by searching databases for SAR within the area of the site including the
Natural Heritage Information Centre (NHIC), Ontario Herpetofaunal Atlas, the
Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas, as well as Citizen Science databases such as eBird and
iNaturalist. The list should then be cross-referenced with the habitat (vegetation
communities) on the site, to determine if SAR have the potential to occur on the
site or in the adjacent area, as defined by the Natural Heritage Reference Manual
(NHRM).
-
Conduct a breeding bird survey (include minimum of two dedicated field site
visits) for each habitat type using the Point Count method and provide breeding
evidence for each species observed as described in Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas
Guide for Participants (2001).
-
Complete field surveys in accordance with the appropriate timing and habitat
survey requirements. Please contact the MNRF district office to determine what
Page | 8
species-specific field surveys are required for Species at Risk for the property.
Include owl call play back surveys where appropriate. In addition, migration
surveys may be required on sites within 5 km of Lake Ontario, as wooded sites >
10 ha within 5 km of Lake Ontario can qualify as SWH for migrant landbird
stopover and butterfly stopover sites.
-
Describe the location and distribution of any rare, uncommon species as well as
Species at Risk. Please contact the local MNRF district office to obtain additional
records. Please refer to the Ontario Endangered Species Act and the federal
Species at Risk Act to ensure compliance.
6. Habitat (see Appendix C)
-
Identify, map and confirm all candidate Significant Wildlife Habitat (SWH) both
onsite and on adjacent lands using the Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical
Guide, 2000 (OMNR) and any suitable habitat existing on the property for known
SAR. If desktop analysis indicates the vegetation communities on the site (and
contiguous communities off-site) meet any of the criteria for Candidate SWH,
wildlife surveys should be conducted to determine if the community qualifies as
SWH.
-
Identify, map and confirm all candidate Significant Habitat of Endangered and
Threatened Species both onsite and on adjacent lands, if not already done so by
the MNRF. Contact the MNRF district office for information and guidance. Precise
configuration of the significant habitat area should be done by an individual with
expert knowledge of species requirements.
-
Determine and map the location and distribution of wildlife habitat and species,
particularly spawning and other critical habitats
-
Sensitive information regarding the habitat of endangered or threatened species,
or the habitat of other SAR, shall be utilized and considered by the author, but
shall not be shared in a manner that could further endanger the species or its
habitat
This section of the report should focus on the proposed development and/or site alteration in
order to fully assess potential impacts associated with various development alternatives and
methods. The level of detail required will be determined during the pre- consultation meeting.
The EIS sets out conditions that must be met prior to approving development plans. Details such
as stormwater management, erosion and sediment control, and/or landscaping plans may be
submitted as part of the detailed site design prior to grading. The final site plan should provide
sufficient detail, which may include, but is not limited to, the following:
2.4 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
Page | 9
-
a detailed map illustrating proposed building envelope(s), the location of any new
building(s) or structure(s), new lot lines, stormwater management areas, drainage features
(e.g., swales, culverts, tile beds), septic system areas, driveways and parking lots, utility
corridors, maintenance routes, public trails, etc.), existing infrastructure and any other
sources of human intrusion, light, noise, dust, etc.
-
mapping of the proposed development should be overlaid on aerial photo base that is at
sufficiently high resolution
-
a map of natural heritage features and areas, and applicable development constraints
with the precise location of all natural heritage features and areas on, or adjacent to the
site on clearly legible, scaled maps
-
erosion and sedimentation control measures
-
grading limits and post grading contours
-
extent of proposed vegetation removal/retention
-
development or land use alternatives
-
timing of construction, including phasing of development
-
all proposed activities associated with the development that may have environmental
impacts, and
-
other features as requested through the EIS pre-consultation process
Many of these elements can be discussed or described in a general or conceptual manner within
the EIS, with the understanding that further detail will be provided when detailed grading
information and building envelope information is available. Impacts can be clearly stated in the EIS
with final impacts clarified during detailed design stages.
This section of the report must address impacts that might reasonably be expected to occur as a
result of development. Impacts may be direct or indirect and not immediately apparent at the
time of initial development. The EIS should consider impacts both onsite and relative to the
adjacent lands. The assessment should consider short and long-term cumulative impacts resulting
from the development proposal. It is important to note that small-scale development can
contribute to cumulative impacts on the landscape. The EIS should predict cumulative impacts of
the proposal including existing and future developments within the surrounding area.
Features and functions of concern may include, but are not limited to:
-
Impacts to physical features
i) topography - alteration to grade, filling, retaining walls
ii) pre-development flood plain encroachments/alterations
2.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ASSESSMENT
Page | 10
iii) watercourse or surface drainage feature alterations
iv) sediment and erosion sensitive areas - e.g., grading on steep slopes, adjacent to
drainage features, etc.
-
Impacts to hydrology
i) Water regime
ii) Water Balance
iii) Water quality
Two documents which provide a comprehensive list of potential impacts to hydrology,
particularly that of wetlands include the "Consultant's recommendations for conducting
wetland environmental impact studies (EIS) for Section 28 Regulations Permissions" report
(Beacon Environmental, 2010) and the "Hydrogeological Assessment Submissions -
Conservation Authority Guidelines to Support Development Applications" report (Cuddy, Soo
Chan and Post, 2010).
-
Impacts to ecosystems
i) vegetation - loss of, encroachment, modification, etc.
ii) wildlife and habitat - loss of, fragmentation, lighting, noise, predation by pets, etc.
iii) habitat linkages - loss, encroachment, modification, etc.
iv) other natural features including swales, hedgerows, thickets, meadows, etc.
-
Impacts to society
i)
activities that occur within or adjacent to the natural features, (walking, swimming,
boating, fishing, trapping, hunting, harvesting, use of all-terrain vehicles, etc.)
ii) recreational amenities - both existing and future trails, access points, etc.
Section 13 of the Natural Heritage Reference Manual (OMNR 2010) provides a comprehensive
list of potential impacts on significant (as defined by the Provincial Policy Statement) natural
features and natural heritage systems. A condensed list of potential development impacts can
also be found in Appendix D of this Terms of Reference.
All development has the potential for negative impacts on ecosystems. This section of the EIS
report must describe potential mitigation measures and possible compensation, and their
effectiveness to eliminate or reduce potential impacts of the proposed development on natural
features and areas and their functions.
The EIS shall recommend extents of land where: (1) disturbance must be avoided, and (2)
2.6 ANALYSIS OF MITIGATION MEASURES AND COMPENSATION OPTIONS
Page | 11
disturbance must be limited, in order to maintain the natural features and ecological functions of
the area, supported by a detailed rationale.
Mitigation, as defined by the Natural Heritage Reference Manual (OMNR 2010), involves the
prevention, modification or alleviation of impacts on the natural environment and the prevention
of any negative impacts. Mitigation can also include any action intended to enhance beneficial
effects.
Types of mitigation include, but are not limited to:
-
Modifying the proposal
-
Salvaging plant material
-
Vegetated buffers and setbacks
-
Retaining riparian and shoreline vegetation
-
Additional plantings
-
Removal of non-native and/or invasive species
-
Control of invasive species (gardening or landscaping with native species)
-
Timing restrictions, including temporary construction setbacks
-
Creating wildlife passages to reduce road kill and the barrier effect of roads
-
Wildlife appropriate lighting
-
Infiltration measures such as Low Impact Development technologies
-
Stormwater management
-
Sediment control
-
Fencing to control human and pet access to natural areas
-
Dedication of land, and
-
Public and landowner education (e.g., adverse effects of pets, dumping of lawn clippings
and yard waste in natural areas, gardening with native instead of non- native and
potentially invasive plants)
Opportunities for enhancement of the natural heritage system shall be explored. Where
appropriate, the EIS shall outline a program through which the mitigation measures and the long-
term impacts associated with the proposal can be monitored and assessed.
Compensation for loss of natural vegetation cover and wildlife habitat can include restoring,
enhancing or creating habitat. Generally, compensation is not considered an acceptable
2.6.1 MITIGATION
2.6.2 COMPENSATION
Page | 12
approach. However, for some very small, low diversity natural features, compensation may be
considered, at the sole discretion of PEC, and when all other mitigation options have been
determined to be not feasible. It is a last resort and, in many cases, will not be considered an
acceptable solution.
If compensation is being contemplated, potential opportunities on the property at a suitable
location should be identified through the EIS. If compensation for loss of habitat is not possible
on the subject property, it may be directed off site to suitable restoration and rehabilitation sites.
Compensation must be designed and undertaken by a qualified professional with recognized
expertise in the appropriate discipline and must be prepared using established procedures and
recognized methodologies to the satisfaction of PEC.
Compensation can be varied and may involve, but is not limited to restoring wetlands, planting of
trees, restoring vegetation communities, creating riparian buffers, creating nesting sites, creating
hibernacula, etc. It should be noted that generally, through consultation with PEC, compensation
should favour "like for like."
As determined during pre-consultation, monitoring may be required in the pre- construction,
construction/operation and post construction periods depending on the scale of development.
Details of the monitoring program will be specific to the proposal and will be determined through
the completion of the EIS and supporting studies submitted for the site plan and detailed design.
Monitoring must be able to detect environmental change that can be attributed to work, or an
activity related to the development, and for which some anticipated level of mitigation may be
employed.
The EIS shall conclude with an independent professional opinion as to whether or not impacts of
the development and site alteration is adverse, and whether the development proposal is
consistent with the intent of the PPS. This section of the EIS report must:
-
Identify and provide the rationale for the preferred development alternative
-
Summarize any potential impacts to the natural heritage feature(s) on and off the site
-
Summarize any mitigation and compensation measures to be implemented
-
Indicate if additional plans are expected to be completed after the EIS report is submitted,
or if a new, amended EIS is required due to substantial changes to the original proposal
2.7 MONITORING
2.8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Page | 13
Any approved development or site alteration shall be constructed in accordance with the
recommendations of the approved EIS. An implementing Agreement between the proponent and
the municipality will normally be required (e.g. a Subdivision, Site Plan, or development
Agreement). The municipality may require that funds be held in reserve for the purpose of long-
term monitoring, which may occur following the completion of the development or site alteration.
The completion and acceptance of an EIS shall not guarantee that a development or site alteration
proposal will automatically be permitted. Input from other agencies may be required, and Council
or their designate have approval authority for applications under the Planning Act.
A list of cited materials comprising the literature review is to be provided in this section of the
report.
The appendices should include all information gathered while conducting site visits, including
species lists of flora and fauna and site photographs. Curriculum vitae of the acting consultant(s)
must also be included. Additional information that must be provided if applicable includes:
-
Copies of completed field survey sheets (e.g., Ecological Land Classification (ELC), Ontario
Wetland Evaluation System (OWES), Marsh Monitoring Program (MMP), etc.)
-
Natural heritage feature boundaries and appropriate buffers and/or development
setbacks
-
Preliminary stormwater management plans
-
Preliminary erosion and sediment control plans, and
-
Preliminary vegetation planting and management plans for proposed restoration or
buffer areas, including species lists
Beacon Environmental. 2010. Consultant's recommendations for conducting wetland
environmental impact studies (EIS) for Section 28 Regulations Permissions.
Cuddy, S. G. Soo Chan and R. Post. 2010. Hydrogeological Assessment Submissions -
Conservation Authority Guidelines to Support Development Applications.
Lee, H, T., W. D. Bakowsky, J. Riley, J. Bowles, M. Puddister, P. Uhlig and S. McMurray. 1998.
Ecological Land Classification System for Southern Ontario: First Approximation and its
application. Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry, Southcentral Science Section,
REFERENCES
2.9 REFERENCES
2.10 APPENDICIES
Page | 14
Science Development and Transfer Branch. SCSS Field Guide FG-02.
Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing. 2014. Provincial Policy Statement under the Planning Act.
Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing. 2017. Growth Plan for the Greater Golden
Horseshoe.
Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry. 2000. Significant Wildlife Habitat
Technical Guide. Fish and Wildlife Branch Wildlife Section. Science Development and Transfer
Branch.
Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry. March 2010. Natural Heritage Reference
Manual for Natural Heritage Policies of the Provincial Policy Statement. 2005. Second edition.
Toronto: Queen's Printer for Ontario.
Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry. 2013. Ontario Wetland Evaluation System
for Southern Ontario 3rd edition.
Stanfield, L. (editor). 2013. Ontario Stream Assessment Protocol. Version 9.0. Fisheries
Policy Section. Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry. Peterborough,
Ontario. 505 pages.
Page | 15
Date:
Completed by:
Proponent:
Location:
Type of Application:
Check first box if sufficient information is available; check second box if to be addressed by current EIS
Natural Heritage Designation and Zoning:
Provincially Significant Wetland
Non-Provincially Significant Wetland
Unevaluated Wetland
Threatened or Endangered Species Habitat
Significant Woodland
Significant Valleyland
Significant Wildlife Habitat
Area of Natural and Scientific Interest
Wildlife Habitat
Other Designations
Geology, Hydrogeology, Hydrology:
Subwatershed or Wetland Catchment boundary
Surface Drainage Patterns (incl. all permanent and intermittent watercourses)
Geomorphologic and Topographic features
Soils (surface and subsurface)
Groundwater Recharge/Discharge Areas
Hydrogeologic Conditions
Specify timing of any field studies to be done:
winter
spring
summer
fall
Natural Hazard Lands:
Survey Flood Plain
Valleylands
Erosion Hazards
Poorly Drained Soils
Biological Inventory:
Wetland Evaluation
Wetland Boundary Delineation
Ecological Land Classification
Wildlife Inventory
Amphibians Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Reptiles
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Birds
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Mammals
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Fish
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Insects
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Plants
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
SAR
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Oct Nov Dec
Other:
See next page for Significant Wildlife Habitat identification.
APPENDICIES
APPENDIX A: EIS SCOPING CHECKLIST
16
Significant Wildlife Habitat
Seasonal Concentration Areas of Animals
Waterfowl Stopover and Staging Areas -Terrestrial and Aquatic
Shorebird Migratory Stopover Area
Raptor Wintering Area
Bat Hibernacula
Bat Maternity Colonies
Bat Migratory Stopover Area
Turtle Wintering Area
Snake Hibernacula
Colonially Nesting Bird Breeding Habitat (Bank and Cliff/Tree/Shrub, Ground)
Migratory Butterfly Stopover Area
Landbird Migratory Stopover Areas
Deer Yarding Areas
Deer Winter Congregation Area
Rare Vegetation Communities or Specialized Habitat for Wildlife
Cliff and talus slopes
Sand Barren
Alvar
Old Growth Forest
Savannah
Tallgrass Prairie
Other
Specialized Habitat for Wildlife
Waterfowl Nesting Area
Bald Eagle and Osprey Nesting, Foraging, Perching Habitat
Woodland Raptor Nesting habitat
Turtle Nesting Areas
Seeps and Springs
Amphibian Breeding Habitat - Woodland and Wetland
Habitat for Species of Conservation Concern (not including End. or Thr. Species)
Marsh/Woodland Area-Sensitive/Open Country/Shrub/Early Successional Bird Breeding Habitat
Terrestrial Crayfish
Special Concern and Rare Wildlife Species
Animal Movement Corridors
Amphibian Movement Corridors
Deer Movement Corridors
Other
Mast producing Areas
Lek
17
Please ensure that the following standards are met:
-
2 paper copies of the report and a digital copy, signed by the principal author(s), are
submitted to PEC;
-
8 ½" X 11" paper, doubled sided;
-
a title page listing the name of the proponent, address of the subject property, name of
consulting firm and consultant, and the date the report was completed;
-
maps 11"X17" shall be bound into the report - larger maps shall be inserted in a pocket
inside the back cover of the report;
-
minimum map size is 8"X11", maximum 36"X60" (folded to 8.5"x11" to fit inside report)
-
all maps to include a metric scale, north arrow, full legend corresponding to all mapped
features
-
surveyed site plan and maps showing vegetation community boundaries identified using the
Ecological Land Classification System for Southern Ontario (Lee et all. 1998), surveyed
wetland boundary and verified by PEC staff, flood plain lines and regulation limits, existing
and proposed land use and property boundaries;
-
appendices to include:
o annotated species checklists with current S ranks and Endangered Species Act and
Species at Risk Act designations
o CV(s) of consultant(s) carrying out the EIS
o list of contributors
o a copy of the approved Terms of Reference
Submitted documents shall remain the property of PEC.
APPENDIX B: EIS REPORTING STANDARDS
18
The requirement for multi-season biological inventory will be determined during the pre-
consultation meeting with PEC. A multi-season inventory may be waived or reduced in scale when
relatively current data is available for the site. Such studies may include subwatershed studies,
biological inventories, wetland evaluations, or site-specific biological studies completed for a
municipality or in support of other development applications. In most cases, a minimum of three
(3) site visits at the appropriate time of year will be required. When older (5 years and older)
inventory data is available, it must be updated through the current study. The need to supplement
existing data through a single or multi-season inventory will be evaluated on a case by case basis
depending on the nature of the development. The appropriate standard inventory protocols must
be followed by a trained field biologist. The suggested biological inventory schedule is shown below.
Survey Timing
Target Organisms
Early Spring
(Late March / early
April)
-
early frogs (wood, spring peeper and chorus frogs)
-
salamanders
-
ducks and geese
-
raptors
-
owls
Spring
(May)
-
frogs
-
migratory birds
-
reptiles including turtles and snakes
-
benthics
-
ephemeral flora
Early Summer
(June)
-
breeding birds
-
reptiles including turtles and snakes
-
benthics
-
fish and fish habitat
-
vegetation communities including wetlands
Summer
(mid-July / early
August)
-
breeding birds
-
wildlife habitat
-
wetland species
-
vegetation communities including wetlands
-
summer flora
-
prairie species
-
insects including butterflies and dragonflies
Fall (September)
-
migratory birds
-
late summer plant species
-
prairie species
-
butterflies
APPENDIX C: DATA COLLECTION STANDARDS
19
The following list provides standard surveying protocols for natural heritage identification and
fieldwork in Ontario. Please provide copies of completed field sheets for each field methodology
used.
1. OWES - Ontario Wetland Evaluation System for Southern Ontario (OMNR, 2013, or most current
version)
2. ELC - Ecological Land Classification System for Southern Ontario (Lee et al. 1998, or most current
version)
3. Ontario Breeding Bird Atlas guide for participants (2001 or most current version).
(http://www.birdsontario.org/download/atlas_feb03.pdf)
4. MMP - Great Lakes Marsh Monitoring Program (http://www.bsc-
eoc.org/mmpmain.html)
5. Significant Wildlife Habitat Technical Guide (OMNR 2000, or most current version)
20
Development activities likely to impact natural heritage features and areas, their functions, and
natural heritage systems include: vegetation removal, grading, aggregate extraction, installation of
services and utilities, building construction, water crossings, paving, groundwater taking, use of
septic systems, human occupation, and recreation (walking, swimming, boating, fishing, hunting,
use of all terrain vehicles, etc.).
Vegetation removal and/or site grading can:
-
reduce wildlife habitat;
-
fragment natural areas stressing forest interior species;
-
introduce non-native species;
-
cause loss of linkages for animal movement resulting in isolation of populations
and ultimately loss of biodiversity;
-
disturb sensitive wildlife species;
-
result in loss of rare plant species and communities;
-
change the soil moisture regime and vegetation communities;
-
reduce stability or cause physical alterations to sensitive landforms; and
-
affect groundwater recharge.
In riparian areas, vegetation removal and site grading can also:
-
increase runoff and stream water temperature negatively affecting aquatic
habitats;
-
increase inputs of nutrients and contaminants to waterbodies;
-
reduce quantity of food supply for aquatic life in the form of leaves, twigs and
insects in waterbodies;
-
reduce bank stability and increase erosion and sedimentation with resultant
impacts on aquatic habitats;
-
disrupt riparian corridors; and
-
disturb sensitive wildlife species.
In addition, wildlife may be negatively impacted by the following features associated with residential
and commercial development:
-
lights;
-
noise;
-
pets; and
-
lawns.
APPENDIX D: POTENTIAL IMPACTS
21
Construction of buildings and roads, and installation of services can:
-
increase water contamination by oils, gasoline, grease and other materials from
parking lots, driveways, and roads;
-
increase imperviousness affecting groundwater recharge;
-
result in direct loss of wildlife from collisions with buildings or vehicles;
-
attract nesting turtles and other wildlife to roadsides increasing roadkills;
-
increase nutrient inputs from septic systems;
-
result in increased use of pesticides and fertilizers on lawns;
-
increase predation of wildlife species by pets and invasion of non-native species;
-
increase lighting and noise which may affect sensitive wildlife species; and
-
result in loss of linkages between habitats.
Interference with waterways (realignment, stream crossings) can:
-
affect fish movement;
-
affect water temperature and aquatic habitat; and
-
affect channel geomorphology, wetland communities and fish habitat.
Recreational activities and seasonal development can:
-
increase harvest of fish and reduce populations;
-
improve access to sensitive sites which can result in vandalism and loss of
ecosystem integrity;
-
increase shoreline alteration which affects fish habitat;
-
cause trampling of vegetation and soil compaction which affects vegetation
communities and increases runoff to watercourses (impacting aquatic life);
-
result in removal of vegetation causing loss of wildlife habitat and reduced
biodiversity; and
-
disturb sensitive wildlife species.
COUNTY OF PRINCE EDWARD
O F F I C I A L
P L A N
APPENDIX C
DESIGN POLICIES
County of Prince Edward Development Services
Adopted by Council: February 24, 2021
Approved by MMAH: July 7, 2021
Effective Date: July 8, 2021
1
Appendix C - Design Policies
C.1
Design Policies for Villages and Hamlets
Pattern of Development
a)
In accordance with the policies for Villages and Hamlets, future development will contribute
to a compact built form, where possible and appropriate. To support a compact built form,
new development shall generally occur incrementally as infilling within or contiguous to the
existing built-up areas.
b)
To further support a compact built form in Villages and Hamlets, natural heritage features
shall be maintained as a buffer between Villages and Hamlets and the abutting Rural Lands
and Agricultural Areas.
c)
To support the development of walkable Village and Hamlet centres that offer a
concentration of goods, services and amenities, non-residential uses will be directed to
locate adjacent to, or in proximity to existing commercial and institutional uses.
d)
To support people's access to food, retail food establishments such as grocery stores,
produce vendors, and farmers' markets will be directed to locate in proximity to residential,
commercial and community uses.
e)
Council shall encourage conservation, retention and enhancement of significant heritage
buildings, ruins, districts, landscapes, and archaeological features through effective
community design.
f)
Council shall encourage the protection of public views and sightlines to significant cultural
heritage resources.
Infill Development
g)
Infill development that is compatible with existing development is essential to the
revitalization of Villages and Hamlets. Appropriate infill development in Villages and Hamlets
may include:
i)
Infill on vacant or underutilized sites;
ii)
Regeneration of dysfunctional, condemned, or incompatible developments; and
iii)
Adaptive-reuse and/or additions to existing buildings.
h)
Residential and commercial infilling, as well as renovations and additions to existing
buildings, shall be a visual and economic asset. It shall be compatible with existing
development.
Residential Buildings - Single-detached
i)
Design for new single-detached dwellings within the Villages and Hamlets shall have regard
for the following objectives:
2
i)
Doors, windows and porches are incorporated into front and exterior side façades so
they appropriately address adjacent roads;
ii)
Entrance features, such as stairs and canopies, and other architectural elements are
incorporated into the front elevation of the building;
iii)
Garages are set behind or flush with the main building face or accessed from a rear
lane; and
iv)
Parking for permitted home businesses, live-work uses or bed and breakfast
establishments is encouraged to not be located in the front yard.
Residential Buildings - Multi-unit Buildings and Townhouses
j)
Design for multi-unit buildings and townhouses within the Villages and Hamlets shall have
regard for the following objectives:
i)
Roofs are designed in ways that help break up the massing of larger scale
development blocks;
ii)
Architectural elements are used to visually integrate the new development with
adjacent single- and semi-detached dwellings;
iii)
Building and landscape elements are used to buffer the development from adjacent
incompatible uses;
iv)
Where feasible, garages will be accessed from a rear lane;
v)
Garages accessed from a road are paired or grouped so as to maximize front yard
green space.
vi)
Garages are set behind or flush with the main front building wall or the porches of
dwelling units;
vii)
Upgraded façade treatments are incorporated into side and rear elevations visible
from public areas;
viii) Corner units are designed to provide significant features such as a wrap-around
porch, wall articulation, turret feature or bay window;
ix)
Utility meters are screened from public view through the use of recessed walls,
insetting within walls, landscaping, or other solutions;
x)
Hard-scaped squares and/or parkettes, or other outdoor amenity areas are provided
for multi-unit buildings and townhouses that are part of a private complex and/or
condominium project; and
xi)
Parking for permitted home businesses and live-work units is not located in the front
yard of any building.
3
Commercial Buildings
k)
Design for new commercial buildings in the Villages and Hamlets shall have regard for the
following objectives:
i)
Primary pedestrian entrances are barrier-free and provide direct access to a public
sidewalk or, where there is no sidewalk, the public right-of-way;
ii)
A textured architectural quality is achieved by introducing variation in key elements
of the façade, including bay windows, cornices, window trim, entrances, canopies
and the articulation of the building mass;
iii)
The building contributes to a pedestrian-oriented streetwall, including an interesting
façade at ground level;
iv)
Weather and sun protection are provided for pedestrians through the use of awnings,
canopies, or colonnades along the sidewalk edge of important pedestrian roads and
adjacent to the entrances to buildings;
v)
Sign bands, storefront windows, canopies and awnings respect building scale and
are appropriate for the building type;
vi)
Parking is not located in the front yard of any building;
vii)
Buildings and their parking/storage areas are buffered from adjacent residential
uses;
viii) Any visible mechanical equipment is appropriately screened and located in a manner
that has a minimal physical and visual impact on adjacent rights of way or public
park spaces; and
ix)
Where feasible, all transformers and other above ground utilities are located within
the building, or on private property located away, and/or screened, from public view.
Community Buildings
l)
Community uses, including schools, health care facilities, seniors housing and places of
worship, form an important aspect of community identity. Buildings serving these uses act as
important built landmarks. Careful attention must be paid to the design of these buildings to
ensure that they reflect the built quality and integrate with the scale of the surrounding
neighbourhood.
Design for new community buildings shall have regard to the following objectives:
i)
Buildings are sited prominently and, where possible, so that they terminate views;
ii)
Buildings are located adjacent to public open space, in areas that optimize
pedestrian access;
iii)
Buildings and their open space are designed to convey a landmark status, with high
quality design, materials and finishes, including landscape features that distinguish
them at the pedestrian level;
4
iv)
Outdoor areas that provide amenities such as weather and sun protected seating
and bicycle parking are integrated into the open space design;
v)
Buildings and their parking areas are buffered from adjacent residential uses, as
appropriate; and
vi)
Parking is not located in the front yard of any place of worship.
m)
The County shall utilize the planning tools at its disposal to the maximum extent possible, to
ensure new community uses are designed as accessible places for all people, regardless of
their age, ability, mode of travel, or status in life. Universal design may be required in the
design of walkways, curbs, driveways, building entrances, amenity areas, signage, and
parking areas.
n)
Wherever possible, the County will leverage the emerging focus on the needs of seniors to
make community facilities and services more accessible and attractive to all users
regardless of income or physical ability, including older adults, young families and students.
Daycares
o)
In addition to the other policies of this Plan, where Daycares are permitted, they must
include an outdoor play area with natural or built shade structures and must be well buffered
from adjacent residential uses. Parking for daycares shall, preferably, be located to the side,
or to the rear of any new building.
Design Guidelines
p)
The County may prepare Village or Hamlet Specific Design and Development Guidelines
that reflect the unique characteristics of each Village, to ensure that the intent of the policies
of this Plan is achieved. These Village or Hamlet Specific Design and Development
Guidelines may consider the following key elements:
i)
Neighbourhood structure and layout, including: green infrastructure (Natural Heritage
System and Open Space Lands); natural connections and corridors; tree and landform
conservation; stormwater management; neighbourhood activity centres (community
and commercial uses); street, pathway, and trails network and connections;
development block dimensions; school location and dimensions; and park type
location and dimensions;
ii)
Site design and building orientation, including: orientation to the street; prevailing
setbacks; prevailing lotting and grading; orientation to reduce shadows, improve
privacy, and increase solar gain; tree and landscape conservation;
iii)
Built form, height, and massing, including: building height and local context; separation
distance and window offsetting; outdoor amenity views/privacy; visual stepbacks to
reduce building mass and reduce shadows; transition from taller to shorter buildings;
and the introduction of angular planes;
iv)
Building articulation and detailing, including: architectural style; preferred finishing
materials; accesses and entrances; façade design; windows; roofs, gables, and
dormers; porches and building projections; heritage building alterations/additions;
5
parking and garage location/design; and screening of parking and service
areas/utilities;
v)
Street design, including: prevailing front yard landscaping; landscape/streetscape
integration; private walkway/sidewalk connection; street tree planting; landscaped
buffer/noise attenuation on major corridors; and active transportation network
integration/connections including sidewalks and bicycle lanes;
vi)
Community and commercial uses, including: site design and building orientation; built
form, height, and massing; building articulation and detailing; parking location and
design; and pathway and trail connections; and
vii)
Greenspaces, including: accessible frontages and views from neighbourhood;
landscape buffers around natural features/stormwater facilities; community gardens;
and pathway and lighting design.
viii)
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design, such as design approaches for
natural surveillance, access control, and territoriality.
q)
Where Village or Hamlet Specific Design Guidelines are prepared by the County; they may
be used simply as guidelines or may be implemented through the various tools available to
the County.
C.2
Design Policies for Rural Lands and the Agricultural Area
a)
Development on Rural Lands or within the Agriculture Areas will be in patterns and at
densities that do not create negative impacts on the Natural Heritage System and do not
compromise the pastoral qualities traditionally associated with the County's countryside.
b)
Limited opportunities for new development on Rural Lands and in Agricultural Areas will
include consents, the development of second dwelling units, extensions to existing buildings,
and other development that promotes the ongoing agricultural economy and resource-based
tourism, while preserving the natural resources and the rural character of the County.
c)
Care will be taken to ensure the compatibility of new development with existing land uses,
and to preserving the character of rural residential development as a lifestyle alternative to
the more urban areas of the County.
d)
Rural commercial uses will be encouraged to locate in compact nodes, at centralized areas
such as major road intersections, and grouped in such a manner that the surrounding rural
landscape and scenic views are retained. Ribbon or strip commercial development,
especially along the fringe areas close to the Urban Centres, and Villages shall not be
permitted.
e)
New development on Rural Lands and within the Agricultural Areas shall consider the built
form character of its rural location. Multiple building proposals will be developed in clusters,
creating groups of buildings similar to historic Ontario farm developments. Tree planting will
be encouraged to line driveways, and to shelter and buffer the building clusters.
6
f)
Council shall encourage conservation, retention and enhancement of significant heritage
buildings, ruins, districts, landscapes, and archaeological features through effective
community design.
g)
Council shall encourage the protection of public views and sightlines to significant cultural
heritage resources.
Residential Buildings
h)
Design for new residential development within Rural Lands and Agricultural Areas shall
have regard for the following objectives:
i)
Existing rural structures, trees, slopes, fence lines, hedgerows and natural features
are incorporated/re-used;
ii)
Treed buffers of diverse native species are provided between dwellings and the
road;
iii)
Dwellings are sited at the edges of fields or forests rather than in open fields, in order
to reduce visual impact, to provide shelter from natural elements and to maintain
open views and scenic areas;
iv)
Driveways are located along hedgerows, walls or fences, or at edges of fields to
lessen the development impact; and
v)
Encourage that use of simple materials and finishes to reflect the character of rural
architecture and complement the pastoral countryside.
Commercial Buildings
i)
Design for new commercial buildings within Rural Lands and Agricultural Areas designations
shall have regard for the following objectives:
i)
New commercial buildings are compatible with the scale and form of buildings in
their immediate vicinity, including those on adjacent properties and others within
view;
ii)
Buildings are clustered in an established building envelope, and not spread along the
roads, with varying setbacks, well-landscaped areas between the structures and the
roadways, preserving other portions of the property as open space;
iii)
Parking is located to the rear or side in order to screen the parking lot from the
roadway and to encourage attractive landscaping along the roadway frontage;
iv)
Where possible, access to commercial clusters is from internal secondary roads or
side-streets or limited to a single access point, to avoid traffic congestion and
hazards; and
v)
Signage and lighting do not overwhelm motorists or the surrounding rural context in
terms of its size, quantity, and/or brightness.
7
Design Guidelines
j)
The County may prepare design guidelines for commercial development in Rural Lands
and/or Agricultural Areas to facilitate implementation of the policies of this Plan. These may
address specific types of permitted uses, such as those related to the beverage alcohol
industry, agri-tourism, and other resource-based businesses. They may also address
elements such as commercial signage and lighting as part of the effort to protect viewsheds
in the countryside and to promote road safety.
C.3
Design Policies for Shore Lands
a)
In accordance with the land use policies for Shore Lands, these areas are intended to
accommodate a mix of residential, commercial, and recreational uses, including second
homes, cottages, and resorts, while protecting water resources and maintaining or creating
public access to the shoreline.
b)
The visual impact of development is an important consideration in maintaining the character
of Shore Lands. Disturbance on lots will be limited and minimized and the maximum amount
of vegetation is to be retained on a lot. Vegetation will be maintained within a viewscape and
along ridgelines. Additional natural buffering or screening may be provided as required to
supplement existing vegetation along the shoreline. Design for new development in Shore
Lands shall have regard for the following objectives:
i)
The built form is blended into the natural landscape, with buildings and structures
that maintain a low profile;
ii)
Prominent buildings may be considered for resort commercial development if they
are designed as landmarks and are in keeping with the building style and
environment of the surrounding area;
iii)
Natural shorelines are retained or restored;
iv)
In a new development that would require the creation of lots, such as a cluster
development, lot sizes respond to the natural landscape, topographic features and
the character of the adjacent water body;
v)
Rock faces, steep slopes and vistas are preserved and vegetation is maintained
within viewscapes and along ridge lines;
vi)
Native species are used for planted buffers and where vegetation is being restored;
vii)
Building mass and coverage are limited in relation to the size and frontage of the
property and are in keeping with the character of the surrounding area;
viii) Lot lines follow existing features and terrain, and are configured so as to minimize
conflicts between abutting properties, particularly at the shoreline; and
ix)
Setbacks from roads are sufficient to provide and maintain a natural buffer between
the development and the road, in order to maintain a vegetative character along the
roads; however, the appropriate waterfront setback takes precedence when a lot has
8
insufficient depth to provide a buffer at both the shoreline and the road.
c)
Where development is of a scale that requires Draft Plan Approval, either for a subdivision
or a condominium, the property shall be comprehensively planned in accordance with the
policies of this Plan, and shall be required to incorporate public access to the water's edge
and to include trails in suitable locations internally or at the periphery of the site. Further,
these larger scale developments shall be designed to avoid the complete development and
privatization of the shoreline with a single or multiple row of buildings or lots. Gaps for visual
access to the water from land or to the countryside from the water shall be provided.
d)
Council shall encourage conservation, retention and enhancement of significant heritage
buildings, ruins, districts, landscapes, and archaeological features through effective
community design.
e)
Council shall encourage the protection of public views and sightlines to significant cultural
heritage resources.
Access
f)
Primary access for new residential and commercial development in the Shore Lands
designation shall only be from a public road.
g)
Limited development on existing lots of record and infilling lots may be permitted on an
existing private road provided that no further extension of the private road is required, and
that the existing private road has the capacity for additional traffic.
h)
The use of shared driveways is encouraged in the Shore Lands designation in order to
reduce the number of private, individual entrance requirements.
C.4
Design Policies for Tourism Corridors
a)
The visual impact of development is an important consideration in maintaining the character
of Tourism Corridors. Disturbance on lots will be limited and minimized and the maximum
amount of vegetation is to be retained on a lot. Vegetation will be maintained within a
viewscape and along ridgelines. Additional natural buffering or screening may be, as required,
provided to supplement existing vegetation along the corridor. Design for new development in
Tourism Corridors shall have regard for the following objectives:
i)
The built form is blended into the natural landscape, with buildings and structures that
maintain a low profile;
ii)
Prominent buildings may be considered for resort commercial development if they are
designed as landmarks and are in keeping with the building style and environment of
the surrounding area;
iii)
In a new development that would require the creation of lots, such as a cluster
development, lot sizes respond to the natural landscape, and topographic features;
iv)
Rock faces, steep slopes and vistas are preserved and vegetation is maintained within
viewscapes and along ridge lines;
9
v)
Native species are used for planted buffers and where vegetation is being restored;
vi)
Building mass and coverage are limited in relation to the size and frontage of the
property and are in keeping with the character of the surrounding area;
vii)
Lot lines follow existing features and terrain, and are configured so as to minimize
conflicts between abutting properties; and,
viii) Setbacks from roads are sufficient to provide and maintain a natural buffer between
the development and the road, in order to maintain a vegetative character along the
roads; however, the appropriate waterfront setback takes precedence when a lot has
insufficient depth to provide a buffer at both the shoreline and the road.
b)
Where development is of a scale that requires Draft Plan Approval, either for a subdivision
or a condominium, the property shall be comprehensively planned in accordance with the
policies of this Plan, and shall be required to incorporate public access to the water's edge
and to include trails in suitable locations internally or at the periphery of the site. Further,
these larger scale developments shall be designed to avoid the complete development and
privatization of the corridor and shoreline with a single or multiple row of buildings or lots.
Gaps for visual access to the water from land or to the countryside from the water shall be
provided.
Access
c)
Primary access for new residential and commercial development in the Tourism Corridors
designation shall only be from a public road.
d)
Limited development on existing lots of record and infilling lots may be permitted on an
existing private road provided that no further extension of the private road is required, and
that the existing private road has the capacity for additional traffic.
e)
The use of paired driveways is encouraged in the Tourism Corridors designation in order to
reduce the number of private, individual entrance requirements.
COUNTY OF PRINCE EDWARD
O F F I C I A L
P L A N
SCHEDULES
County of Prince Edward Development Services
Adopted by Council: February 24, 2021
Approved by MMAH: July 7, 2021
Effective Date: July 8, 2021
SCHEDULE 'A-1':
LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
SCHEDULE 'A-2':
LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
SCHEDULE 'A-3':
LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
SCHEDULE 'A-4':
LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
SCHEDULE 'B':
NATURAL FEATURES & AREAS
SCHEDULE 'C':
CONSTRAINT AREAS
SCHEDULE 'D':
RESOURCE AREAS
SCHEDULE 'E':
TRANSPORTATION & INFRASTRUCTURE
SCHEDULE 'F-1':
RECREATION & TOURISM
SCHEDULE 'F-2':
RECREATION & TOURISM